As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2020

Registration No. 333-237786

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

_______________________

Amendment No. 1 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_______________________

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

_______________________

Delaware

 

5700

 

83-3713938

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

13850 Manchester Rd.
Ballwin, MO 63011
888
-768-1710

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_______________________

Douglas T. Moore
Chief Executive Officer
13850 Manchester Rd.
Ballwin, MO 63011
888
-768-1710

(Names, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_______________________

Copies to:

Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.
Bevilacqua PLLC
1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500
Washington, DC 20036
(202) 869-0888

 

Gregory Sichenzia, Esq.
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor
New York, NY 10036
(212) 930-9700

_______________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer £

 

Accelerated filer £

Non-accelerated filer S

 

Smaller reporting company S

   

Emerging growth company S

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. £

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
(1)

 

Amount of
registration
fee
(6)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share(2)(3)

 

$

17,250,000

 

$

2,239.05

Representative Warrants(4)(5)

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Underlying Representative Warrants(3)(4)

 

$

1,078,125

 

$

139.94

TOTAL

 

$

18,328,125

 

$

2,378.99

____________

(1)      There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)      Includes 150,000 shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their over-allotment option.

(3)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional shares as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions.

(4)      We have agreed to issue to the representative of the several underwriters, who we refer to as the representative, warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price.

(5)      No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(6)      $1,585.99 was previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

 

DATED JUNE 4, 2020

1,000,000 Shares
Common Stock

1847 Goedeker Inc.

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering 1,000,000 shares of our common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share of common stock.

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on [NYSE American/the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED”. We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

While we may be a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] immediately after consummation of this offering, we do not intend to avail ourselves of the corporate governance exemptions afforded to a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock.”

Investing in our common stock is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

 

Offering without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Offering with
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

____________

(1)      Does not include additional compensation payable to the underwriters. We have agreed to pay the underwrites a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the total proceeds raised and to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred relating to this offering. In addition, we will issue to representative of the underwriters, ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., or the representative, warrants to purchase in the aggregate the number of shares of our common stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares sold in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants.

This offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 150,000 shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

The delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about [        ], 2020.

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is [        ], 2020

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

12

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

33

Industry and Market Data

 

34

Use of Proceeds

 

35

Dividend Policy

 

36

Capitalization

 

37

Dilution

 

39

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

41

Business

 

61

Management

 

75

Executive Compensation

 

81

Current Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

86

Principal Stockholders

 

87

Description of Securities

 

88

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

91

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

 

92

Underwriting

 

96

Legal Matters

 

104

Experts

 

104

Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

 

104

Where You Can Find More Information

 

104

Financial Statements

 

F-1

Please read this prospectus carefully. It describes our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, among other things. We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free-writing prospectus we have authorized. Neither we nor the underwriter have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriter take responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriter are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risks associated with an investment in our company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and similar references refer to 1847 Goedeker Inc.

Our Company

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Our shopping experience allows for online chat and the ability to speak with an expert by phone seven days a week. We believe that we are a national leader in customer value and price. We enjoy strong relationships with most national and global appliance companies and we believe that we have a technologically advanced online sales and infrastructure platform.

The delivery experience and overall customer service that we offer our shoppers are central to our business. We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system.

Our Corporate History and Structure

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television Co., or Goedeker Television. On April 5, 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television. As a result of this transaction, we acquired the former business of Goedeker Television, which was established in 1951, and continue to operate this business. All discussions in this prospectus regarding our business prior to the acquisition reflect the business of Goedeker Television, our predecessor company. Prior to our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television, we had no operations other than operations relating to our incorporation and organization.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no subsidiaries.

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC, or the Manager, which also serves as the manager for 1847 Holdings LLC, or 1847 Holdings, our indirect parent company. This agreement was amended on April 21, 2020 with the amendment becoming effective at the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, as amended, we appointed the Manager to provide certain services to us, including administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business

1

operations for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. Under certain circumstances specified in the offsetting management services agreement, our quarterly fee may be reduced if similar fees payable to the Manager by other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings exceed a threshold amount. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations — Offsetting Management Services Agreement” and “Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — Certain of our directors, officers and management could be in a position of conflict of interest.

Our Opportunity

According to eMarketer, U.S. retail sales reached over $5 trillion in 2019 and are expected to grow by nearly $700 billion by 2023. U.S. e-commerce retail sales reached over $590 billion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $960 billion by 2023.

According to Statista, the U.S. household appliance market reached $18.3 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 13.7% from 2020 to 2024. The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with big box retailers, large online retailers, and thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share in what has historically been a high touch sale process with manufacturers’ strict showroom requirements. However, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

According to Statista, the U.S. furniture and homeware market reached $44 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 4.3% from 2020 to 2024. Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. Much like the U.S. household appliance market, a shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

To our knowledge, the projections above for future periods do not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic. However, we do anticipate that that the shift to online sales will be accelerated, as at least some of the retail stores that have closed during the pandemic may not re-open.

Our Products

The appliance category is our largest revenue source. We have a long history of selling these products and serving the distinct needs of consumers looking to replace or add to their home appliances. We offer roughly 22,000 appliance SKUs from all mainline original equipment manufacturers, including Bosch, Whirlpool, GE, Maytag, LG, Samsung, Sharp, and Kitchen Aid, among others. We sell all major home appliances, including refrigerators, ranges, ovens, dishwashers, microwaves, freezers, washers and dryers. Sales of appliances accounted for approximately 80% and 76% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and for approximately 81% and 76% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We began selling furniture online in 2015 and currently offer approximately 148,000 SKUs from over 340 furniture vendors. Furniture is the second largest product category. The organization of product by type and characteristics makes for a complete shopping experience in a complicated product category. Sales of furniture accounted for approximately 15% and 19% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and for approximately 13% and 19% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We also offer a broad assortment of products in the décor, bed & bath, lighting, outdoor living and electronics categories. While these are not individually high-volume categories, they complement the appliance and furniture categories to produce a one-stop home goods offering for customers. We also offer customers the opportunity to purchase warranties that protect their appliances beyond the manufacturers’ warranty period. Warranties are offered through third party vendors to whom we pay a commission for selling the warranty product. Other sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for approximately 6% and 5% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

2

Our Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Name and reputation. We believe that we enjoy a long-standing (50+ years) reputation with vendors and customers for our focus on offering a full line of appliances and other home furnishings with competitive pricing and superior customer service.

•        Strong customer relationships. We cater to the committed shopper who is interested in purchasing top-of-the-line appliances, furniture and other home goods at low prices. We believe that these customers value our dedication to providing outstanding customer service and repeatedly use us for their home product needs.

•        Highly trained and professional staff. We believe that our personnel are our most important asset. We have an internal sales support team of nine personnel who are trained to educate and support customers when selecting and buying products. Approximately 40% of customer orders consist of a phone conversation with a sales team member, which becomes a differentiator when competing with online only companies and with brick and with mortar outlets.

•        Product pricing. We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest allowed price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure this strategy.

•        Online sales expertise. We believe that our ability to transact online, big ticket, home delivery gives us strategic positioning and capability to sell more products to our current customer base, as well as to add new big ticket product categories.

•        Best in class customer service and marketing technology. We believe that the investments we have made in our call center tools and the latest version of our shopping platform, combined with digital marketing optimization, should put us in position to offer a scalable, repeatable quality process that is second to none in the retail appliance industry.

Our Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Significantly increase marketing spend. We plan to partner with nationally accredited advertising and marketing agencies to more efficiently utilize our advertising dollars and to increase sales through our website and our call center.

•        Expand in the commercial market. To date, we have directed all marketing efforts toward the consumer. With remodels and new home construction, there is opportunity to market to home builders, contractors and interior designers who are making or influencing the purchasing decision for many consumers. We believe that our low price business model would be received well by this market, creating substantial revenue opportunities and more repeat business. Evidence of unmet demand and market need is ongoing with large commercial sales occurring organically each week through our web site and contact center.

•        Expand category management. We have expanded from online appliances to furniture and other categories while maintaining management headcount. Management feels that committing dedicated resources to each category and building them out in business unit fashion will not only drive revenue but increase and improve margins.

•        Warehouse and shipping optimization. We plan to implement a series of initiatives with key vendors to increase shipping speed to customers, cut costs and increase margins. We plan to pick up product from manufacturers’ warehouses and selectively use inventory buys to reduce costs. With access to vendor warehouse operations, we expect to take advantage of buying opportunities and capture time-sensitive customers more frequently.

3

•        Expanded operating hours. Our customer support and sales hours were expanded during 2019 and we expect to expand sales hours by 20 hours per week as we move through 2020.

•        Ride the wave of online retail. Big ticket online retail continues to grow significantly as product offerings and shopping experiences start to become superior to most brick and mortar shopping. We are making key investments in people, processes and systems that we believe will grow our customer base. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the growth in online retail.

Our Results of Operation and Financial Condition

Results of Operations and Key Operating Trends

Our revenues have declined, and our net loss has increased for both the quarter ended March 31, 2020 compared to the same quarter in 2019 and also for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. The decline in revenue and increase in net loss is partially attributable to the transition in ownership and shipping delays that resulted in increased customer order cancellations. The shipping delays are primarily the result of working capital issues.

Notwithstanding these working capital issues and the related decline in revenue and increase in net loss, our key operating metrics, including site sessions (which occur when a person visits our website), order history (which occurs when a customer has visited our website and ordered one or more items and has paid for them) and days from order to shipment (which is a measure, in the case of orders shipped from our warehouse, of the time from the order until the product ordered is loaded onto the shippers’s truck for delivery, and in the case of drop shipments, the time between the order and the date that we are invoiced) have increased each month during the period from January 1, 2020 through May 31, 2020. In the quarter ended March 31, 2020, we had a significant improvement in cash flow provided by operations, which increased to $958,000 from a cash flow used in operations of $(2,000) in the quarter ended March 31, 2019. We believe that this trend will positively affect our working capital, reduce customer order cancellations and result in increased revenue and decreased operating loss without taking into account the positive impact that the net proceeds of this offering would have on our financial condition.

We expect that for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 our revenue will range from $15.5 million to $16.2 million, which when compared to our revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $9.7 million, would be an increase of 60.0% at the low end of the range or 67.0% at the high end of the range. The projected revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 when compared to our revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 of $11.5 million would be an increase of 34.8% at the low end of the range or 40.9% at the high end of the range. Specifically, we expect to report monthly revenue during the quarter ended June 30, 2020 as follows:

 

Low End
of Range

 

High End
of Range

April

 

$

3,623,000

 

$

3,623,000

May

 

 

5,653,000

 

 

5,950,000

June

 

 

6,270,000

 

 

6,600,000

Total

 

$

15,546,000

 

$

16,173,000

We expect that for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 our operating loss will range from $171,000 to $96,000, which when compared to our operating loss for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $1,315,133, would be a decrease of 87.0% at the low end of the range or 92.7% at the high end of the range. The projected operating loss for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 when compared to our operating loss for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 of $490,023 would be a decrease of 65.1% at the low end of the range or 80.4% at the high end of the range. Specifically, we expect to report monthly operating income (loss) during the quarter ended June 30, 2020 as follows:

 

Low End of Range

 

High End of Range

April

 

$

(231,000

)

 

$

(231,000

)

May

 

 

(42,000

)

 

 

(7,000

)

June

 

 

102,000

 

 

 

142,000

 

Total

 

$

(171,000

)

 

$

(96,000

)

4

Our site sessions increased from a monthly average of 477,000 per month for the months of January, February and March of 2020, to almost 800,000 site sessions in April 2020. We had nearly 1.2 million site session in May 2020. These increased site sessions were achieved at a lower cost per session beginning in February and have continued through the date of this prospectus.

These increased site sessions resulted in three-year highs for orders in April and May of this year. An order is paid for by our customer when the order is placed and booked as revenue by us when the order is shipped.

Higher orders have positively impacted our working capital as orders yield cash in advance of shipment. Improvements in our working capital as a result of higher orders have positively impacted our delivery times thereby reducing the time from order to shipment. A reduction in days from order to shipment results in fewer cancelled orders and, as a result, higher revenues.

This offering will provide a net increase of cash on our balance sheet of approximately $10,074,931 (or $12,306,181 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). Given what we believe to be the linear relationship between advertising, site visits, orders, and days from order to shipment impacting cancellations, we believe this increase in working capital will have a dramatically positive impact on accelerating our growth rate and profitability.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our Financial Condition

As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $247,668 and had total debt under outstanding loans in the amount of $5,747,353. As described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources,” as of March 31, 2020, we did not meet certain financial covenants under certain loan agreements. Accordingly, we are in technical default on these loans, although we remain current in our payments and the lenders have not accelerated payment of these loans. We plan to use the proceeds of this offering to, among other things, repay approximately $2,182,397 of this debt. If we do not successfully raise capital in this offering and cannot, therefore, repay such debt from the proceeds of this offering, we believe that we will be able to negotiate amendments to the loan documents with these lenders to alleviate the technical defaults or find other sources of debt or equity financing to refinance such debt.

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was in effect until May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, our call center and warehouse continued to operate. According to Missouri’s re-opening plan, retail stores, such as our showroom, may re-open effective May 4, 2020 but with limitations on the number of individuals allowed in the showroom. We have not yet determined when we may re-open our showroom. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations continued to operate, the restrictions put in place have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

We have taken steps to take care of our employees, including providing the ability for employees to work remotely and implementing strategies to support appropriate social distancing techniques for those employees who are not able to work remotely. We have also taken precautions with regard to employee, facility and office hygiene as well as implementing significant travel restrictions. We are also assessing our business continuity plans for all business units in the context of the pandemic. This is a rapidly evolving situation, and we will continue to monitor and mitigate developments affecting our workforce, our suppliers, our customers, and the public at large to the extent we are able to do so. We have and will continue to carefully review all rules, regulations, and orders and responding accordingly.

5

We are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” below.

Our Risks and Challenges

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        The coronavirus pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

•        If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

•        Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net revenue per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing as well as maintain high levels of customer engagement are not successful, our growth prospects and revenue will be materially adversely affected.

•        Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong brands. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brands if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

•        Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks and may not be successful.

•        Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

•        Our third-party loans contain certain terms that could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

•        Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

•        We depend on our relationships with third parties, and changes in our relationships with these parties could adversely impact our revenue and profits.

6

•        Uncertainties in economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending patterns, particularly in the home goods segment, could adversely impact our operating results.

•        Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011, and our telephone number is 888-768-1710. We maintain a website at www.goedekers.com. Information available on our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not deemed a part of this prospectus.

Changes to our Capitalization

Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to (i) increase our authorized common stock from 5,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, (ii) authorize 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock and (iii) change the par value of our capital stock from $0.001 to $0.0001. At that time, we also plan to complete a 3,166.666-for-1 forward stock split of our outstanding common stock. As a result of this stock split, our issued and outstanding common stock will be increased from 1,000 shares to shares 3,166,666 shares. Reference to “post-split” below are references to the number of shares of our common stock after giving effect to this split.

7

The Offering

Shares being offered:

 

1,000,000 shares of common stock (or 1,150,000 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Offering price:

 

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

Shares outstanding after the offering(1):

 

4,166,666 shares of common stock (or 4,316,000 shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option:

 

We have granted to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase from us up to an additional 15% of the shares sold in the offering (150,000 additional shares) at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Representative’s warrants:

 

We have agreed to issue to the representative warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal in the aggregate to 5% of the total number of shares issued in this offering. The representative’s warrant will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The representative’s warrant is exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-a-half-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Use of proceeds:

 

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $13.15 million from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus) and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our outstanding debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information on the use of proceeds.

Risk factors:

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12.

Lock-up

 

We, all of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 180 days after the closing of this offering in the case of our company, (ii) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers, and (iii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Proposed trading market and symbol

 

We plan to apply to list our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED.”

8

The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering is based on 3,166,666 (post-split) shares outstanding as of [        ], 2020 and excludes:

•        500,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 175,438 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering;

•        166,667 (post-split) shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that will be exercised immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering; and

•        up to 57,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

9

Summary Financial Information

The following tables summarize certain financial data regarding our business and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our summary financial data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, for the year ended December 31, 2018, for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019 and for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our summary financial data as of March 31, 2020 and for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that our management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented.

All financial statements included in this prospectus are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The summary financial information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere herein. The financial statements contained elsewhere fully represent our financial condition and operations; however, they are not indicative of our future performance.

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

Statements of Operations Data

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2020

 

Period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019

 

Three Months Ended
March 31, 2019

 

Period from January 1, 2019
through
April 5,
2019

 

Year
Ended
December 31, 2018

   

(unaudited)

     

(unaudited)

       

Products sales, net

 

$

9,677,178

 

 

$

34,668,112

 

 

$

11,947,046

 

 

$

12,946,901

 

 

$

56,307,960

Cost of goods sold

 

 

8,111,170

 

 

 

28,596,129

 

 

 

10,269,656

 

 

 

11,004,842

 

 

 

45,406,884

Gross profit

 

 

1,566,008

 

 

 

6,071,983

 

 

 

1,677,390

 

 

 

1,942,059

 

 

 

10,898,076

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,881,141

 

 

 

7,789,221

 

 

 

2,166,759

 

 

 

2,418,331

 

 

 

9,008,684

Net income (loss) from operations

 

 

(1,315,133

)

 

 

(1,717,238

)

 

 

(489,369

)

 

 

(476,272

)

 

 

1,889,392

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(404,987

)

 

 

(1,049,215

)

 

 

30,847

 

 

 

31,007

 

 

 

115,986

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,285,120

)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

$

(458,222

)

 

$

(445,265

)

 

$

2,005,378

10

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

Balance Sheet Data

 

As of
March 31,
2020

 

As of
December 31, 2019

 

As of
December 31, 2018

   

(unaudited)

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

247,668

 

 

$

64,470

 

 

$

1,525,693

Receivables

 

 

1,455,912

 

 

 

1,862,086

 

 

 

2,635,932

Deposits with vendors

 

 

294,960

 

 

 

294,960

 

 

 

2,212,181

Merchandise inventory, net

 

 

1,069,459

 

 

 

1,380,090

 

 

 

3,111,594

Due from officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,634

Other assets

 

 

907,484

 

 

 

892,796

 

 

 

6,784

Total current Assets

 

 

3,975,483

 

 

 

4,494,402

 

 

 

9,542,818

Property and equipment, net

 

 

174,647

 

 

 

185,606

 

 

 

216,286

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

1,897,610

 

 

 

2,000,755

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,097,752

 

 

 

4,976,016

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,797,962

 

 

 

1,878,844

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

1,133,303

 

 

 

698,303

 

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

14,121,757

 

 

 

14,278,926

 

 

 

9,759,104

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

12,457,291

 

 

 

11,215,028

 

 

 

6,360,427

Total liabilities

 

 

16,202,831

 

 

 

15,074,880

 

 

 

6,360,427

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

(2,081,074

)

 

 

(795,954

)

 

 

3,398,677

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

14,121,757

 

 

$

14,278,926

 

 

$

9,759,104

11

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing our common stock. We have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance or probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the most significant risk factors applicable to us, but they do not constitute all of the risks that may be applicable to us. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The coronavirus pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

The spread of the virus in many countries continues to adversely impact global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets and supply chains. The pandemic has had, and could have a significantly greater, material adverse effect on the U.S. economy as a whole, as well as the local economy where we conduct our operations. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result for an extended period, in significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was in effect until May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, our call center and warehouse continued to operate. According to Missouri’s re-opening plan, retail stores, such as our showroom, may re-open effective May 4, 2020 but with limitations on the number of individuals allowed in the showroom. We have not yet determined when we may re-open our showroom. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations continued to operate, the restrictions put in place have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

Furthermore, we are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. We may also delay or reduce certain capital spending and related projects until the travel and logistical impacts of the pandemic are lifted, which will delay the completion of such projects. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

Further, our customers’ financial condition may be adversely impacted as a result of the impacts of the coronavirus and efforts taken to prevent its spread, which could result in reduced demand for our products.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge

12

concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

Our success depends on our ability to acquire and retain customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other means of commerce to purchase home goods and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as the websites of our competitors or our suppliers’ own websites. We have made significant investments related to customer acquisition and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. Our advertising efforts consist primarily of email marketing, affiliate marketing, and to a lesser extent, social media. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot assure you that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver a quality shopping experience, or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may not be able to acquire new customers. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase products in numbers sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the scale necessary to drive beneficial network effects with our suppliers or efficiencies in our logistics network, our net revenue may decrease, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We believe that many of our new customers originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from existing customers. Therefore, we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to acquire new customers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business, or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new customers.

Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net revenue per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing as well as maintain high levels of customer engagement are not successful, our growth prospects and revenue will be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to grow our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customer base and generate increased revenue and repeat purchases from this customer base, and maintain high levels of customer engagement. To do this, we must continue to provide our customers and potential customers with a unified, convenient, efficient and differentiated shopping experience by:

•        providing imagery, tools and technology that attract customers who historically would have bought elsewhere;

•        maintaining a high-quality and diverse portfolio of products;

•        delivering products on time and without damage; and

•        maintaining and further developing our online platforms.

If we fail to increase net revenue per active customer, generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement, our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong brands. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brands if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

Maintaining and enhancing our brands is critical to expanding our base of customers and suppliers. Our ability to maintain and enhance our brand depends largely on our ability to maintain customer confidence in our product and service offerings, including by delivering products on time and without damage. If customers do not have a

13

satisfactory shopping experience, they may seek out alternative offerings from our competitors and may not return to our sites as often in the future, or at all. In addition, unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, our practices relating to privacy and data protection, product quality, delivery problems, competitive pressures, litigation or regulatory activity, could seriously harm our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement, and loyalty of our customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. A significant portion of our customers’ brand experience also depends on third parties outside of our control, including suppliers and logistics providers such as R+L Carriers, AM Home Delivery and other third-party delivery agents. If these third parties do not meet our or our customers’ expectations, our brands may suffer irreparable damage.

In addition, maintaining and enhancing these brands may require us to make substantial investments, and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brands may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brands will depend largely on our ability to provide high quality products to our customers and a reliable, trustworthy and profitable sales channel to our suppliers, which we may not be able to do successfully.

Customer complaints or negative publicity about our sites, products, delivery times, customer data handling and security practices or customer support, especially on blogs, social media websites and our sites, could rapidly and severely diminish consumer use of our sites and consumer and supplier confidence in us and result in harm to our brands.

Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks and may not be successful.

Our business success depends to some extent on our ability to expand our customer offerings by launching new brands and services and by expanding our existing offerings into new geographies. Launching new brands and services or expanding geographically requires significant upfront investments, including investments in marketing, information technology, and additional personnel. We may not be able to generate satisfactory revenue from these efforts to offset these costs. Any lack of market acceptance of our efforts to launch new brands and services or to expand our existing offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, as we continue to expand our fulfillment capability or add new businesses with different requirements, our logistics networks become increasingly complex and operating them becomes more challenging. There can be no assurance that we will be able to operate our networks effectively.

We have also entered and may continue to enter into new markets in which we have limited or no experience, which may not be successful or appealing to our customers. These activities may present new and difficult technological and logistical challenges, and resulting service disruptions, failures or other quality issues may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand. Further, our current and potential competitors in new market segments may have greater brand recognition, financial resources, longer operating histories and larger customer bases than we do in these areas. As a result, we may not be successful enough in these newer areas to recoup our investments in them. If this occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to implement our operational plans and strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems and expand, train and manage our employee base. We have rapidly increased employee headcount since our inception to support the growth in our business. To support continued growth, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees. We face significant competition for personnel. Failure to manage our hiring needs effectively or successfully integrate our new hires may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

14

Additionally, the growth of our business places significant demands on our operations, as well as our management and other employees. For example, we typically launch hundreds of promotional events across thousands of products each month on our sites via emails and personalized displays. These events require us to produce updates of our sites and emails to our customers on a daily basis with different products, photos and text. Any surge in online traffic and orders associated with such promotional activities places increased strain on our operations, including our logistics network, and may cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. The growth of our business may require significant additional resources to meet these daily requirements, which may not scale in a cost-effective manner or may negatively affect the quality of our sites and customer experience. We are also required to manage relationships with a growing number of suppliers, customers and other third parties. Our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support future growth of our supplier and employee base. If we are unable to manage the growth of our organization effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

Our future growth, including the potential for future market expansion will require additional capital. We will consider raising additional funds through various financing sources, including the procurement of additional commercial debt financing. However, there can be no assurance that such funds will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, and operating results may be adversely affected. Any additional debt financing will increase expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility.

Our ability to obtain financing may be impaired by such factors as the capital markets, both generally and specifically in our industry, which could impact the availability or cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, are not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may be required to decrease the pace of, or eliminate, our future product offerings and market expansion opportunities and potentially curtail operations.

Our third-party loans contain certain terms that could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

We are party to certain loans with third parties, which are secured by our assets, including loans and promissory notes from, or in favor of, Burnley Capital LLC, or Burnley, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P., or SBCC, and Leonite Capital LLC, or Leonite, Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC, or Northpoint, and Goedeker Television, which are described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The loan agreements contain customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants. The total amount of our secured indebtedness outstanding as of March 31, 2020 was $5,747,353. As the result of technical defaults (i.e., not payment defaults) under certain of these loans and cross-default provisions in other loans, the lenders have the right to declare such outstanding amount immediately due and payable and we have classified such debt as a current liability on our balance sheet. As of the date of this prospectus, the secured lenders that hold such debt have not provided us with a notice that they have declared the outstanding amount immediately due and payable but may do so at any time in their discretion unless these technical defaults are cured. If these secured lenders notify us that they have declared all outstanding loan amounts immediately due and payable and we cannot repay such amounts through the refinancing of such indebtedness or otherwise, then we could be forced to liquidate our assets at prices below what we believe to be their fair value and may be forced by such lenders into bankruptcy. A declaration by these lenders that all outstanding amounts under such loans are immediately due and payable would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operations, results of operations and prospects. Although we expect to utilize a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay this secured indebtedness, no assurance can be given that this offering will close or that the lenders will not declare the loans immediately due and payable prior to the closing of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion regarding our borrowing activities.

15

Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

Our business is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we have many competitors in different industries. Our competition includes furniture stores, big box retailers, department stores, specialty retailers, and online retailers and marketplaces in the U.S., including:

•        Furniture Stores:    Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys, Raymour & Flanagan and Rooms To Go;

•        Big Box Retailers:    Bed Bath & Beyond, Home Depot, IKEA, Lowe’s, Target, Best Buy and Walmart;

•        Department Stores:    JCPenney and Macy’s;

•        Specialty Retailers:    Crate and Barrel, Ethan Allen, TJX, At Home, Williams Sonoma, Restoration Hardware, Arhaus, Horchow, Room & Board and Mitchell Gold + Bob Williams;

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon, Wayfair, Houzz and eBay; and

•        Other:    AJ Madison, Appliance Connection and US Appliance.

We expect competition in e-commerce generally to continue to increase. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

•        the size and composition of our customer base;

•        the number of suppliers and products we feature on our sites;

•        our selling and marketing efforts;

•        the quality, price and reliability of products we offer;

•        the convenience of the shopping experience that we provide;

•        our ability to distribute our products and manage our operations; and

•        our reputation and brand strength.

Many of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, faster and less costly shipping, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net revenue and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net revenue from their customer bases more effectively than we do.

Our success depends, in substantial part, on our continued ability to market our products through search engines and social media platforms.

The marketing of our products depends on our ability to cultivate and maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with search engines and social media platforms, including those operated by Google, Facebook, Bing and Yahoo! These platforms could decide to change their terms and conditions of use at any time (and without notice) and/or significantly increase their fees. No assurances can be provided that we will be able to maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with these platforms and our inability to do so in the case of one or more of these platforms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16

We obtain a significant number of visits via search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! Search engines frequently change the algorithms that determine the ranking and display of results of a user’s search and may make other changes to the way results are displayed, which can negatively affect the placement of links and, therefore, reduce the number of visits to our website. The growing use of online ad-blocking software may also impact the success of our marketing efforts because we may reach a smaller audience and fail to bring more customers to our website, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System interruptions that impair customer access to our sites or other performance failures or incidents involving our logistics network, our technology infrastructure or our critical technology partners could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our sites, transaction processing systems, logistics network, and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels.

For example, if one of our data centers fails or suffers an interruption or degradation of services, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could harm our business. Our systems and operations, including our ability to fulfill customer orders through our logistics network, are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, labor disputes, cyber-attacks, data loss, acts of war, break-ins, earthquake and similar events. In the event of a data center failure, the failover to a back-up could take substantial time, during which time our sites could be completely shut down. Further, our back-up services may not effectively process spikes in demand, may process transactions more slowly and may not support all of our site’s functionality.

We use complex proprietary software in our technology infrastructure, which we seek to continually update and improve. We may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, and the operation of our systems may be subject to failure. In particular, we have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions on some or all of our sites when we are updating them, and new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, if we expand our use of third-party services, including cloud-based services, our technology infrastructure may be subject to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services and/or failures by such third parties, which are out of our control. Our net revenue depends on the number of visitors who shop on our sites and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our sites or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially adversely affect consumer perception of our brand.

We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our technology platform and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our sites or the number of orders placed by customers, we may be required to further expand and upgrade our technology, logistics network, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry. Accordingly, we redesign and enhance various functions on our sites on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes.

Any slowdown, interruption or performance failure of our sites and the underlying technology and logistics infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

17

Our failure or the failure of third-party service providers to protect our sites, networks and systems against security breaches, or otherwise to protect our confidential information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and operating results.

We collect, maintain, transmit and store data about our customers, employees, contractors, suppliers, vendors and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential and proprietary information. We also employ third-party service providers that store, process and transmit certain proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit, encrypt, anonymize or pseudonymize certain confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect transaction and personal data or other confidential and sensitive information from being breached or compromised. Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our sites, networks and systems or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems and human resources management platforms. We and our service providers may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships.

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or cyber security incidents could result in unauthorized access to our sites, networks and systems; unauthorized access to and misappropriation of personal information, including consumers’ and employees’ personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; limited or terminated access to certain payment methods or fines or higher transaction fees to use such methods; viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being served from our sites, networks or systems; deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our sites; interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; costs relating to breach remediation, deployment or training of additional personnel and protection technologies, responses to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; engagement of third party experts and consultants; litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. If any of these breaches of security occur, our reputation and brand could be damaged, our business may suffer, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches and we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s password could access that customer’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business.

We may be subject to product liability and other similar claims if people or property are harmed by the products we sell.

Some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability and other claims and litigation (including class actions) or regulatory action relating to safety, personal injury, death or environmental or property damage. Some of our agreements with members of our supply chain may not indemnify us from product liability for a particular product, and some members of our supply chain may not have sufficient resources or insurance to satisfy their indemnity and defense obligations. Although we maintain liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

18

Risks associated with the suppliers from whom our products are sourced could materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand.

We depend on our ability to provide our customers with a wide range of products from qualified suppliers in a timely and efficient manner. Political and economic instability, the financial stability of suppliers, suppliers’ ability to meet our standards, labor problems experienced by suppliers, the availability or cost of raw materials, merchandise quality issues, currency exchange rates, trade tariff developments, transport availability and cost, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to our suppliers are beyond our control.

Our agreements with most of our suppliers do not provide for the long-term availability of merchandise or the continuation of particular pricing practices, nor do they usually restrict such suppliers from selling products to other buyers. There can be no assurance that our current suppliers will continue to seek to sell us products on current terms or that we will be able to establish new or otherwise extend current supply relationships to ensure product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms. Our ability to develop and maintain relationships with reputable suppliers and offer high quality merchandise to our customers is critical to our success. If we are unable to develop and maintain relationships with suppliers that would allow us to offer a sufficient amount and variety of quality merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, our ability to satisfy our customers’ needs, and therefore our long-term growth prospects, would be materially adversely affected.

Further, we rely on our suppliers’ representations of product quality, safety and compliance with applicable laws and standards. If our suppliers or other vendors violate applicable laws, regulations or our supplier code of conduct, or implement practices regarded as unethical, unsafe, or hazardous to the environment, it could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operating results. Further, concerns regarding the safety and quality of products provided by our suppliers could cause our customers to avoid purchasing those products from us, or avoid purchasing products from us altogether, even if the basis for the concern is outside of our control. As such, any issue, or perceived issue, regarding the quality and safety of any items we sell, regardless of the cause, could adversely affect our brand, reputation, operations and financial results.

We also are unable to predict whether any of the countries in which our suppliers’ products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to new, different, or additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers with international manufacturing operations, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to our customers and materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand. Furthermore, some or all of our suppliers’ foreign operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.

In addition, our business with foreign suppliers may be affected by changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. For example, any movement by any other foreign currency against the U.S. dollar may result in higher costs to us for those goods. Declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of one or more of our foreign suppliers. This, in turn, might cause such foreign suppliers to demand higher prices for merchandise in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation, delay merchandise shipments, or discontinue selling to us altogether, any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs.

Our suppliers have imposed conditions in our business arrangements with them. If we are unable to continue satisfying these conditions, or such suppliers impose additional restrictions with which we cannot comply, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our suppliers have strict conditions for doing business with them. Several are sizeable such as General Electric, Whirlpool and DMI. If we cannot satisfy these conditions or if they impose additional or more restrictive conditions that we cannot satisfy, our business would be materially adversely affected. It would be materially detrimental to our business if these suppliers decided to no longer do business with us, increased the pricing at which they allow us to purchase their goods or impose other restrictions or conditions that make it more difficult for us to work with them. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

19

Our dependence on one supplier for a substantial portion of our purchases makes us vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of its products.

We rely on Whirlpool for a substantial portion of product purchases. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 44.1% and 33%, respectively, of our total purchases were from Whirlpool. As a result, any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

•        termination of the supply agreement;

•        an adverse change in the financial condition of Whirlpool; or

•        an adverse change in the Whirlpool’s ability to manufacture and/or deliver desired products on a timely basis.

Our agreement with Whirlpool is terminable at will by either party upon short notice, so does it not provide for the long-term availability of products, nor does it provide for the continuation of particular pricing practices. There can be no assurance that Whirlpool will continue to sell us products or that we will be able to establish new supply relationships to ensure similar product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms.

Successful performance of this supply agreement is critical to our success. If the supply relationship is affected adversely, we may be unable to replace quickly or effectively the products sold to us by Whirlpool. Significant disruptions could have a dramatic effect on our performance.

We may be unable to source new suppliers or strengthen our relationships with current suppliers.

We have relationships with over 1,000 suppliers. Our agreements with suppliers are generally terminable at will by either party upon short notice. If we do not maintain our existing relationships or build new relationships with suppliers on acceptable commercial terms, we may not be able to maintain a broad selection of merchandise, and our business and prospects would suffer severely.

In order to attract quality suppliers, we must:

•        demonstrate our ability to help our suppliers increase their sales;

•        offer suppliers a high quality, cost-effective fulfillment process; and

•        continue to provide suppliers with a dynamic and real-time view of our demand and inventory needs.

If we are unable to provide our suppliers with a compelling return on investment and an ability to increase their sales, we may be unable to maintain and/or expand our supplier network, which would negatively impact our business.

We depend on our suppliers to perform certain services regarding the products that we offer.

As part of offering our suppliers’ products for sale on our sites, suppliers are often responsible for conducting a number of traditional retail operations with respect to their respective products, including maintaining inventory and preparing merchandise for shipment to our customers. In these instances, we may be unable to ensure that suppliers will perform these services to our or our customers’ satisfaction in a manner that provides our customer with a unified brand experience or on commercially reasonable terms. If our customers become dissatisfied with the services provided by our suppliers, our business, reputation and brands could suffer.

We depend on our relationships with third parties, and changes in our relationships with these parties could adversely impact our revenue and profits.

We rely on third parties to operate certain elements of our business. For example, we primarily use R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services and AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries, as well as carriers such as FedEx, UPS, DHL and the U.S. Postal Service to deliver small parcel products. As a result, we may be subject to shipping delays or disruptions caused by inclement weather, natural disasters, system interruptions and technology

20

failures, labor activism, health epidemics or bioterrorism. We are also subject to risks of breakage or other damage during delivery by any of these third parties. We also use and rely on other services from third parties, such as retail partner services, telecommunications services, customs, consolidation and shipping services, as well as warranty, installation and design services.

We may be unable to maintain these relationships, and these services may also be subject to outages and interruptions that are not within our control. For example, failures by our telecommunications providers have in the past and may in the future interrupt our ability to provide phone support to our customers. Third parties may in the future determine they no longer wish to do business with us or may decide to take other actions or make changes to their practices that could harm our business. We may also determine that we no longer want to do business with them. If products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged during the delivery process, or if we are not able to provide adequate customer support or other services or offerings, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products through our sites, which would adversely affect our operating results.

The seasonal trends in our business create variability in our financial and operating results and place increased strain on our operations.

We experience surges in orders associated with promotional activities and seasonal trends. This activity may place additional demands on our technology systems and logistics network and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. Any such system, site or service interruptions could prevent us from efficiently receiving or fulfilling orders, which may reduce the volume or quality of goods or services we sell and may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide our customers a cost-effective shopping platform that is able to respond and adapt to rapid changes in technology.

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers, including mobile phones, smartphones, handheld computers such as notebooks and tablets, video game consoles, and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. We continually upgrade existing technologies and business applications to keep pace with these rapidly changing and continuously evolving technologies, and we may be required to implement new technologies or business applications in the future. The implementation of these upgrades and changes requires significant investments and as new devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for these alternative devices and platforms. Additionally, we may need to devote significant resources to the support and maintenance of such applications once created. Our results of operations may be affected by the timing, effectiveness and costs associated with the successful implementation of any upgrades or changes to our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such alternative devices and platforms. Further, in the event that it is more difficult or less compelling for our customers to buy products from us on their mobile or other devices, or if our customers choose not to buy products from us on such devices or to use mobile or other products that do not offer access to our sites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Significant merchandise returns could harm our business.

We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If merchandise returns are significant, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. Many of our products are large and require special handling and delivery. From time to time our products are damaged in transit, which can increase return rates and harm our brand.

Uncertainties in economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending patterns, particularly in the home goods segment, could adversely impact our operating results.

Consumers may view a substantial portion of the products we offer as discretionary items rather than necessities. As a result, our results of operations are sensitive to changes in macro-economic conditions that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Some of the factors adversely affecting consumer spending include levels of unemployment; consumer debt levels; changes in net worth based on market changes and uncertainty;

21

home foreclosures and changes in home values or the overall housing, residential construction or home improvement markets; fluctuating interest rates; credit availability, including mortgages, home equity loans and consumer credit; government actions; fluctuating fuel and other energy costs; fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future economic environment. Adverse economic changes in any of the regions in which we sell our products could reduce consumer confidence and could negatively affect net revenue and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our business relies heavily on email and other messaging services, and any restrictions on the sending of emails or messages or an inability to timely deliver such communications could materially adversely affect our net revenue and business.

Our business is highly dependent upon email and other messaging services for promoting our sites and products. Daily promotions offered through emails and other messages sent by us, or on our behalf by our vendors, generate a significant portion of our net revenue. We provide daily emails to customers and other visitors informing them of what is available for purchase on our sites that day, and we believe these messages are an important part of our customer experience and help generate a substantial portion of our net revenue. If we are unable to successfully deliver emails or other messages to our subscribers, or if subscribers decline to open our emails or other messages, our net revenue and profitability would be materially adversely affected. Changes in how webmail applications organize and prioritize email may also reduce the number of subscribers opening our emails. For example, in 2013 Google Inc.’s Gmail service began offering a feature that organizes incoming emails into categories (for example, primary, social and promotions). Such categorization or similar inbox organizational features may result in our emails being delivered in a less prominent location in a subscriber’s inbox or viewed as “spam” by our subscribers and may reduce the likelihood of that subscriber opening our emails. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on or charge for the delivery of emails or other messages could also adversely impact our business. From time to time, Internet service providers or other third parties may block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to third parties. Changes in the laws or regulations that limit our ability to send such communications or impose additional requirements upon us in connection with sending such communications would also materially adversely impact our business. Our use of email and other messaging services to send communications about our sites or other matters may also result in legal claims against us, which may cause us increased expenses, and if successful might result in fines and orders with costly reporting and compliance obligations or might limit or prohibit our ability to send emails or other messages. We also rely on social networking messaging services to send communications and to encourage customers to send communications. Changes to the terms of these social networking services to limit promotional communications, any restrictions that would limit our ability or our customers’ ability to send communications through their services, disruptions or downtime experienced by these social networking services or decline in the use of or engagement with social networking services by customers and potential customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, PayPal, credit accounts and gift cards. As we offer new payment options to consumers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from consumers or to facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

22

We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the Internet, e- commerce or mobile commerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection, Internet neutrality and gift cards. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and consumer privacy apply to the Internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our sites by consumers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. Adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business. Further, if we enter into new market segments or geographical areas and expand the products and services we offer, we may be subject to additional laws and regulatory requirements or prohibited from conducting our business, or certain aspects of it, in certain jurisdictions. We will incur additional costs complying with these additional obligations and any failure or perceived failure to comply would adversely affect our business and reputation.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

A variety of laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, export and security of personal information. Laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not comply, or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any applicable privacy or consumer protection- related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.

23

Federal, state and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of proprietary or third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, have considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted significantly reduce the effectiveness of such practices and technologies. The regulation of the use of cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection and consumer protection. Any such changes may force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. This could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy effectively and may adversely affect our ability to acquire customers or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our financial results.

Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or foreign countries might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations or court decisions may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, on June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court rendered a 5-4 majority decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., 138 S. Ct. 2080 (2018) where the Court held, among other things, that a state may require an out-of-state seller with no physical presence in the state to collect and remit sales taxes on goods the seller ships to consumers in the state, overturning existing court precedent. Other new or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value added tax and similar taxes could increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes and rulings could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. In addition, we may charge sales taxes in jurisdictions where our competitors do not, resulting in our product prices potentially being higher than those of our competitors. As a result, we may lose sales to our competitors in these jurisdictions. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We rely on the performance of members of management and highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, develop, motivate and retain well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our senior management or other key employees could materially harm our business. Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees, particularly mid-level managers and merchandising and technology personnel. The market for such positions is competitive. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. Our inability to recruit and develop mid-level managers could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. All of our officers and other U.S. employees are at-will employees, meaning that they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

24

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

We regard our customer lists, domain names, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trade secret protection, agreements and other methods with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. We might not be able to obtain broad protection for all of our intellectual property. For example, we are the registrant of the Internet domain name for our website of www.goedekers.com, as well as various related domain names. However, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering, using or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our marks, domain names and other proprietary rights.

The protection of our intellectual property rights may require the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources. We may initiate claims or litigation against others for infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property rights or proprietary rights or to establish the validity of such rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to broadly enforce all of our intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Additionally, the process of obtaining intellectual property protections is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to pursue all necessary or desirable actions at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these protections will adequately safeguard our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or intellectual property rights. We may also be exposed to claims from third parties claiming infringement of their intellectual property rights, or demanding the release or license of open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary code) or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, be limited in or cease using the implicated software unless and until we can re-engineer such software to avoid infringement or change the use of the implicated open source software.

We may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties.

The e-commerce industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We may be subject to claims and litigation by third parties that we infringe their intellectual property rights. The costs of supporting such litigation and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained. As our business expands and the number of competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, we expect that infringement claims may increase in number and significance. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in considerable litigation costs, require significant amounts of management time or result in the diversion of significant operational resources, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have received in the past, and we may receive in the future, communications alleging that certain items posted on or sold through our sites violate third-party copyrights, designs, marks and trade names or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary rights. Brand and content owners and other proprietary rights owners have actively asserted their purported rights against online companies. In addition to litigation from rights owners, we may be subject to regulatory, civil or criminal proceedings and penalties if governmental authorities believe we have aided and abetted in the sale of counterfeit or infringing products.

Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources, injunctions against us or the payment of damages by us. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.

25

We are engaged in legal proceedings that could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and could occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention.

From time to time, we are subject to litigation or claims that could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. Litigation disputes could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, result in site unavailability, service disruptions, and otherwise occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. We also from time to time receive inquiries and subpoenas and other types of information requests from government authorities and we may become subject to related claims and other actions related to our business activities. While the ultimate outcome of investigations, inquiries, information requests and related legal proceedings is difficult to predict, such matters can be expensive, time-consuming and distracting, and adverse resolutions or settlements of those matters may result in, among other things, modification of our business practices, reputational harm or costs and significant payments, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, and we will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, and we expect to incur additional costs related to operating as a public company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, and proxy and other information statements, as well as the rules and regulations implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and the listing requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] (if our common stock is approved for listing), each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we will be required to, among other things:

•        prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other stockholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and [NYSE American/Nasdaq] rules;

•        expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof and management;

•        hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

•        institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

•        involve and retain, to a greater degree, outside counsel and accountants to assist us with the activities listed above;

•        build and maintain an investor relations function;

•        establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures;

•        comply with the initial listing and maintenance requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]; and

•        comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We expect these rules and regulations, and any future changes in laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases, due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving

26

regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These increased costs may require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a non-accelerated filer or no longer an emerging growth company if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the JOBS Act.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the requirements of reporting as a public company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and an active market in which investors can resell their shares of our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list of our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] under the symbol “GOED.” There is no guarantee that [NYSE American/Nasdaq], or any other exchange or quotation system, will permit our common stock to be listed and traded. If we fail to obtain a listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we may seek quotation on the OTCQX Best Market or OTCQB Venture Market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. These markets are inter-dealer, over-the-counter markets that provide significantly less liquidity than [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

Even if our common stock is approved for listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], a liquid public market for our common stock may not develop. The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, including prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, and the market valuations of similar companies. The price at which the common stock is traded after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price, meaning that you may experience a decrease in the value of your common stock regardless of our operating performance or prospects.

27

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to several factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

•        actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results;

•        increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our common stock to demand a higher investment return;

•        changes in earnings estimates;

•        changes in market valuations of similar companies;

•        actions or announcements by our competitors;

•        adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        actions by stockholders;

•        speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and

•        our intentions and ability to list our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] and our subsequent ability to maintain such listing.

The public offering price of our common stock has been determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon many factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the closing of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of [NYSE American/Nasdaq] or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq].

If our common stock is listed on [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate [NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from [NYSE American/Nasdaq] may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

1847 Holdings, a company controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman, may own a majority of our outstanding common stock after this offering. As a result, he may have the ability to approve all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

1847 Holdings will own approximately 51.15% of our outstanding common stock following this offering, or approximately 49.44% if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full. 1847 Holdings is controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman. He therefore may have the ability to approve all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval including:

•        election of our board of directors;

•        removal of any of our directors;

•        any amendments to our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; and

•        adoption of measures that could delay or prevent a change in control or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us.

28

In addition, this concentration of ownership may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

As a “controlled company” under the rules of [NYSE American/Nasdaq], we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.

Under [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the compensation of our officers be determined or recommended to our board of directors by a compensation committee that is comprised solely of independent directors, and (iii) the requirement that director nominees be selected or recommended to the board of directors by a majority of independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future if we are a controlled company after this offering. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Our status as a controlled company could cause our common stock to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price.

Certain of our directors, officers and management could be in a position of conflict of interest.

Our Chairman, Ellery W. Roberts, our Chief Financial Officer, Robert D. Barry and our director, Paul A. Froning, are also officers (in the case of Mr. Roberts) and directors (in the case of Messrs. Roberts, Barry and Froning) of our indirect parent company, 1847 Holdings. 1847 Holdings is an acquisition holding company and has acquired companies that directly compete with us and may acquire other companies that compete with us in the future. For example, on May 28, 2020, a subsidiary of 1847 Holdings acquired Asien’s Appliance, Inc. Asien’s Appliance, Inc. is our competitor. As the result of this acquisition and future potential acquisitions of competitors, our officers and/or directors who are also affiliated with 1847 Holdings may be conflicted and there is no assurance that any such conflict will be resolved in our favor.

In addition, Mr. Roberts is the controlling principal of the Manager, which controls 1847 Holdings and is a party to a management services agreement with our company pursuant to which it provides certain services to us, including administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business operations for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. These persons may obtain compensation and other benefits in transactions relating to us that involve 1847 Holdings or the Manager, as applicable. Consequently, there exists the possibility for such persons to be in a position of conflict. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor. Such conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Further, the appearance of conflicts of interest created by related party transactions could impair the confidence of our investors. In the case of transactions with these affiliates, there may be an absence of arms’ length negotiations with respect to the terms, conditions and consideration with respect to goods and services provided to or by us.

Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes in ways that holders of our common stock may not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. Our management not applying these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering that are allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Please see “Use of Proceeds” below for more information.

29

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

As of March 31, 2020, our net tangible book value was approximately $(8,976,788), or approximately $(2.83) per share (post-split). Since the effective price per share of our common stock being offered in this offering is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, you will suffer substantial dilution with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock being sold in this offering, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020, if you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of 14.00 per share (or $13.52 per share if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock. See the section titled “Dilution” for a more detailed discussion of the dilution you will incur if you purchase securities in this offering.

Section 5(b) of the Securities Act could subject us to rescission rights by investors that are participating in this offering.

On April 3, 2020, our affiliate, 1847 Holdings, issued a press release announcing the retention of the representative for this offering. The press release was not in compliance with the provisions of Rule 135 of the Securities Act. The SEC has regulations concerning the ability of an issuer to make public announcements during a registered public offering of its securities. Rule 135 of the Securities Act is a safe harbor which permits an issuer to make a public announcement during the pre-filing period (the period before the filing the registration statement), but such announcements are limited to the information identified in the rule. As a result, investors in this offering may potentially be entitled to bring suit against us for not being in compliance with the Securities Act and may be able to obtain rescission rights, which would require that we refund the purchase price paid by them for our shares, and we may not at the time of any such rescission have sufficient cash to make such refunds. The potential costs, risks and liabilities associated with such potential lawsuits, rights of rescission and/or regulatory actions cannot be accurately assessed at this time, but in the event such lawsuits, rescission offerings and/or regulatory actions are instituted, we believe that such actions will not have a material financial effect on our company. Also, our inability to resolve any potential violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act to the satisfaction of the SEC could result in a delay or prohibition in obtaining the effectiveness of any future registration statements, which could hinder or impair the ability to obtain future financing.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their securities, and holders may be unable to sell their securities on favorable terms or at all.

If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

Any trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

30

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up agreements, on the price of our common stock. In all events, future issuances of our common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a lock-up agreement that prevents us, subject to certain exceptions, from offering additional shares of capital stock for up to 180 days after the closing of this offering, as further described in the section titled “Underwriting.” In addition to any adverse effects that may arise upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, the lock-up provisions in these agreements may be waived, at any time and without notice. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our common stock may become available for resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] or another national securities exchange and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

31

We will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

•        being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Because we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

•        permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

•        provide that directors may only be removed by the majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding; and

•        establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

32

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•        our goals and strategies;

•        our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

•        expected changes in our revenue, costs or expenditures;

•        growth of and competition trends in our industry;

•        our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our products;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with investors, institutional funding partners and other parties we collaborate with;

•        our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

•        fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate; and

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Although we will become a public company after this offering and have ongoing disclosure obligations under United States federal securities laws, we do not intend to update or otherwise revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

33

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus is derived from information provided by third-party market research firms, third-party financial or analytics firms, or public sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications and third-party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our market. We have not independently verified such third-party information. The market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us. To our knowledge, certain third-party industry data that includes projections for future periods does not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those third-party projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

Certain data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

34

USE OF PROCEEDS

After deducting the estimated underwriters’ commissions and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $13,152,130 from this offering (or approximately $15,383,380 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (i) to pay off all debt that we owe to Burnley, SBCC and Leonite, including all principal, interest and any prepayment or other fees; (ii) to repay of a portion of the debt that we owe to Goedeker Television in accordance with the terms of a settlement agreement; and (iii) for working capital and general corporate purposes. For a description of these loans, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The proceeds of these loans were used to acquire the assets of Goedeker Television and for working capital.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $915,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our estimated use of our net proceeds as we currently expect to use them. For purposes of calculation of the loan payoff amounts, we have assumed a closing date of June 30, 2020.

 

Amount
without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Amount
with
Over-Allotment
Option

Repayment of revolving loan from Burnley(1)

 

$

541,131.86

 

$

541,131.86

Repayment of term loan from SBCC(2)

 

 

1,190,120.78

 

 

1,190,120.78

Repayment of secured convertible promissory note issued to Leonite(3)

 

 

829,645.02

 

 

829,645.02

Payment on subordinated promissory note issued to Goedeker Television(4)

 

 

516,301.26

 

 

516,301.26

Working capital and general corporate

 

 

10,074,931.08

 

 

12,306,181.08

Total use of proceeds

 

$

13,152,130.00

 

$

15,383,380.00

____________

(1)      This loan matures on April 5, 2022 and bears interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the rate which is the Three Month London Interbank Offered Rate identified in the Wall Street Journal “Money Rates” column on the date the interest rate is to be determined plus 6.00% or (ii) 8.50%; provided that upon an event of default, all loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the foregoing rate plus 3.00%.

(2)      This loan matures on April 5, 2023 and bears interest at the sum of the cash interest rate (defined as 11% per annum) plus the Paid-in-Kind, or PIK, interest rate (defined as 2% per annum); provided that upon an event of default, all principal, past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the cash interest rate and the PIK interest rate, in each case plus 3.00%.

(3)      This loan matures on October 5, 2020 and bears interest at the rate of the greater of (i) 12% per annum and (ii) the prime rate as set forth in the Wall Street Journal on April 5, 2019 plus 6.5% guaranteed over the holding period on the unconverted principal amount; provided that upon an event of default, any amount of principal or interest which is not paid shall bear interest at the rate at the lesser of 24% per annum or the maximum legal amount permitted by law.

(4)      This loan matures on April 5, 2023 and bears interest at the rate of 9% per annum. As described below, we are not current in our payments on this loan. In accordance with the terms of the settlement agreement described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Developments — Goedeker Television Settlement,” we agreed to make all payments of principal and interest due under this loan through the closing date of this offering.

Our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering with respect to working capital and general corporate uses. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and the Ownership of Our Common Stock — Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering allocated to working capital and general corporate purposes.

35

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.”

36

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2020:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on a pro forma basis to give effect to the increase in authorized stock, change in par value and forward split that will be completed immediately prior the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of 1,000,000 shares by us in this offering at an assumed price to the public of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $13,152,130 after deducting (i) underwriter commissions of $1,125,000 and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $722,870; and

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of 1,150,000 shares by us in this offering, assuming the underwriters elect to exercise the over-allotment option in full, at an assumed price to the public of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $15,383,380 after deducting (i) underwriter commissions of $1,293,750 and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $572,870.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

March 31, 2020

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Post-Offering
Pro Forma
without
Over-
Allotment
Option

 

Post-Offering
Pro Forma
with
Over-
Allotment
Option

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

247,668

 

 

$

247,668

 

 

$

10,322,599

 

 

 

12,553,849

 

Long-term obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,084,567

 

 

 

2,084,567

 

 

 

2,084,567

 

 

 

2,084,567

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,521,725

 

 

 

1,521,725

 

 

 

1,521,725

 

 

 

1,521,725

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

49,248

 

 

 

49,248

 

 

 

49,248

 

 

 

49,248

 

Total long-term obligations

 

 

3,655,540

 

 

 

3,655,540

 

 

 

3,655,540

 

 

 

3,655,540

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, none authorized or issued and outstanding on an actual basis; $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized and 0 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (prior to this offering)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 5,000 shares authorized and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized and 3,166,666 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (prior to this offering)

 

 

1

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

433

 

 

 

448

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,272,195

 

 

 

1,271,863

 

 

 

14,423,893

 

 

 

16,655,128

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(3,353,270

)

 

 

(3,353,270

)

 

 

(3,353,270

)

 

 

(3,353,270

)

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

 

 

(2,081,074

)

 

 

(2,081,074

)

 

 

11,071,056

 

 

 

13,302,306

 

Total capitalization

 

$

1,574,466

 

 

$

1,574,466

 

 

$

14,726,596

 

 

$

16,957,846

 

37

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed offering price per share of $15.00, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $915,000 (or $1,063,750 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), after deducting (i) estimated underwriter commissions and (ii) offering expenses, in each case, payable by us.

The table above excludes the following shares:

•        500,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 175,438 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering; and

•        up to 57,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

38

DILUTION

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

The net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2020 was approximately $(8,976,788), or approximately $(2.83) per share (post-split).

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. After giving effect to our sale of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 would have been approximately $4,175,342 or approximately $1.00 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.84 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $14.00 per share to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

$

15.00

 

Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2020

 

$

(2.83

)

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

$

1.00

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share to the existing stockholders

 

$

3.84

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

 

$

14.00

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $1.48 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering would be $13.52 per share.

The following table sets forth, on a post-split basis and assuming the sale of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, as of March 31, 2020, the total number of shares of common stock previously issued and sold to existing investors, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share of common stock, before deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses, in each case payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may in certain circumstances pay an average price per share substantially higher than the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders.

 


Share Purchased

 


Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

 

3,166,666

 

76.00

%

 

$

3,167

 

0.02

%

 

$

0.001

New investors

 

1,000,000

 

24.00

%

 

$

15,000,000

 

0.02

%

 

$

15.00

Total

 

4,166,666

 

100

%

 

$

15,003,167

 

99.98

%

 

$

The table above excludes the following shares:

•        500,000 (post-split) shares of common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, including 175,438 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option to be granted to our Chief Executive Officer immediately following the closing of this offering at an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering;

39

•        166,667 (post-split) shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of a warrant that will be exercised immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering; and

•        up to 57,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants issued in connection with this offering.

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

All periods presented on or prior to April 5, 2019 represent the operations of Goedeker Television, our predecessor. Unless otherwise specified, all results of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflects the full year.

References to “Successor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of our company subsequent to April 5, 2019. References to “Predecessor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of Goedeker Television on and before April 5, 2019.

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Recent Developments

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

Most states and cities have reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules and restrictions on the types of businesses that may continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Effective April 6, 2020, the Governor of Missouri announced a stay at home order that was in effect until May 3, 2020. Pursuant to this order, non-essential businesses, such as our showroom, were forced to close. However, our call center and warehouse continued to operate. According to Missouri’s re-opening plan, retail stores, such as our showroom, may re-open effective May 4, 2020 but with limitations on the number of individuals allowed in the showroom. We have not yet determined when we may re-open our showroom. Since over 90% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations continued to operate, the restrictions put in place have not yet had a negative impact on our operations.

We have taken steps to take care of our employees, including providing the ability for employees to work remotely and implementing strategies to support appropriate social distancing techniques for those employees who are not

41

able to work remotely. We have also taken precautions with regard to employee, facility and office hygiene as well as implementing significant travel restrictions. We are also assessing our business continuity plans for all business units in the context of the pandemic. This is a rapidly evolving situation, and we will continue to monitor and mitigate developments affecting our workforce, our suppliers, our customers, and the public at large to the extent we are able to do so. We have and will continue to carefully review all rules, regulations, and orders and responding accordingly.

We are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of the virus is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having the virus, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this prospectus, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also “Risk Factors” above.

Payroll Protection Program Loan

On April 9, 2020, we received a $642,600 Payroll Protection Program, or PPP, loan from the United States Small Business Administration, or SBA, under provisions of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, or the CARES Act. The PPP loan has a two-year term and bears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum. Monthly principal and interest payments are deferred for six months after the date of disbursement. The PPP loan may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. The PPP loan contains events of default and other provisions customary for loans of this type. The PPP provides that PPP loans may be partially or wholly forgiven if the funds are used for certain qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. We intend to use the proceeds from the PPP loan for qualifying expenses and to apply for forgiveness of the PPP loan in accordance with the terms of the CARES Act. We have classified the PPP loan as a current liability pending SBA clarification of the final loan terms.

Leonite Amendment

On May 11, 2020, the Borrowers and Leonite (each as defined below) entered into a first amendment to secured convertible promissory note, pursuant to which the parties agreed (i) to extend the maturity date of the note to October 5, 2020, (ii) that the Borrower’s failure to repay the note on the original maturity date of April 5, 2020 shall not constitute and event of default under the note and (iii) to increase the principal amount of the note by $207,145, as a forbearance fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower completes an offering of debt, equity, or closes on an asset sale (other than in the ordinary course of business), then the Borrower agreed to promptly use the net proceeds of such offering to repay Leonite; provided that, in no event shall this requirement cause the Borrower to default on any of its agreements and obligations that were outstanding at the time of the amendment.

Pursuant to the amendment, 1847 Holdings also agreed to issue Leonite a 5% equity interest Asien’s Appliance, Inc. upon its acquisition of that company, which was completed on May 28, 2020. Asien’s Appliance Inc. is now owned by 1847 Holdings. We have no interest or relationship in Asien’s Appliance Inc. whatsoever and do not

42

foresee having any relationship with Asien’s Appliance Inc. in the future. See “Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — Certain of our directors, officers and management could be in a position of conflict of interest.”

In connection with the amendment, 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 of its common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis.

Goedeker Television Settlement

On June 1, 2020, we entered into a settlement agreement with Goedeker Television, Steve Goedeker, Mike Goedeker and our immediate parent company, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., or 1847 Holdco. The settlement agreement and the related transaction documents that are exhibits to the settlement agreement were all signed on June 1, 2020 but will only become effective upon the closing of this offering.

Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties entered into an amendment and restatement of the 9% subordinated promissory note described below, pursuant to which (i) the principal amount of the existing note shall be increased by $250,0000, (ii) upon the closing of this offering, we agreed to make all payments of principal and interest due under the note through the date of the closing of this offering, and (iii) from and after the closing of this offering, the interest rate of the note shall be increased from 8% to 12%. We also agreed to grant to the sellers, Goedeker Television, Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker, a security interest in all of the assets of our company to secure our obligations under the amended and restated note and entered into a security agreement with them that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

At the closing of this offering, we will pay $516,301.26 to the sellers, which is equal to the principal due and owing for quarters 2, 3 and 4 under the note plus accrued interest thereon, which is equal to $324,671.94 as of June 1, 2020 and will accrue at a rate of $983.85 per day thereafter.

In addition, pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties agreed that the ongoing arbitration action relating to the working capital adjustment contained in the asset purchase agreement would be settled effective upon the closing of this offering and that each party to such arbitration action would release all claims that it has against the other parties to such action. As part of the settlement of the arbitration action, we agreed that the sellers will not have to pay the $809,000 working capital adjustment amount that we claim the sellers owe to us under the asset purchase agreement.

The parties to the settlement agreement also agreed that each party to the asset purchase agreement has fulfilled all of its obligations under such agreement other than obligations of our company with respect to the earn-out contained in the asset purchase agreement and obligations of the sellers with respect to the non-competition provisions of the asset purchase agreement. The parties to the settlement agreement also agreed that the right to participate in future stock issuances contained in the asset purchase agreement would be terminated and of no force and effect as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering so that it will not apply to the securities sold in this offering or any future sale of our securities.

The settlement agreement also contained a mutual release among the parties to the settlement agreement.

The parties to the settlement agreement, Leonite and 1847 Holdings also agreed that the stockholders agreement among the them will be terminated as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering and that the shares of our stock held by 1847 Holdco will be distributed by 1847 Holdco to the stockholders of 1847 Holdco immediately upon the closing of this offering on a pro rata basis based upon the relative ownership interests of such stockholders in 1847 Holdco.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance

Our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:

•        our ability to acquire new customers or retain existing customers;

•        our ability to offer competitive product pricing;

43

•        our ability to broaden product offerings;

•        industry demand and competition; and

•        market conditions and our market position.

Revenue Projections for Second Quarter of 2020

We expect that for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 our revenue will range from $15.5 million to $16.2 million, which when compared to our revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $9.7 million, would be an increase of 60.0% at the low end of the range or 67.0% at the high end of the range. The projected revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 when compared to our revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 of $11.5 million would be an increase of 34.8% at the low end of the range or 40.9% at the high end of the range. Specifically, we expect to report monthly revenue during the quarter ended June 30, 2020 as follows:

 

Low
End of Range

 

High
End of Range

April

 

$

3,623,000

 

$

3,623,000

May

 

 

5,653,000

 

 

5,950,000

June

 

 

6,270,000

 

 

6,600,000

Total

 

$

15,546,000

 

$

16,173,000

We expect that for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 our operating loss will range from $171,000 to $96,000, which when compared to our operating loss for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 of $1,315,133, would be a decrease of 87.0% at the low end of the range or 92.7% at the high end of the range. The projected operating loss for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 when compared to our operating loss for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 of $490,023 would be a decrease of 65.1% at the low end of the range or 80.4% at the high end of the range. Specifically, we expect to report monthly operating income (loss) during the quarter ended June 30, 2020 as follows:

 

Low
End of Range

 

High
End of Range

April

 

$

(231,000

)

 

$

(231,000

)

May

 

 

(42,000

)

 

 

(7,000

)

June

 

 

102,000

 

 

 

142,000

 

Total

 

$

(171,000

)

 

$

(96,000

)

Key Financial Operating Metrics

Site Sessions by Month in 2020

January

 

February

 

March

 

April

 

May

465,018

 

486,497

 

479,504

 

799,690

 

1,188,102

Order History

 

2020

 

2019

 

2018

Three months through March 31,

 

$

15,156,000

 

$

13,932,000

 

$

15,901,000

April

 

$

7,109,000

 

$

4,591,000

 

$

4,625,000

May

 

$

11,881,000

 

$

6,194,000

 

$

6,885,000

Days from Order to Shipment

 

2020

 

2019

 

2018

January

 

29.36

 

24.31

 

18.97

February

 

37.56

 

20.97

 

19.03

March

 

30.52

 

19.26

 

18.59

April

 

30.78

 

17.82

 

18.43

May

 

23.43

 

18.75

 

16.26

44

A site session occurs when a person visits our website. An order occurs when a customer has visited our website and ordered one or more items and has paid for them. The days from order to shipment is a measure, in the case of orders shipped from our warehouse, of the time from the order until the product ordered is loaded onto the shippers’s truck for delivery, and in the case of drop shipments, the time between the order and the date that we are invoiced (assuming that the vendor invoices us on the day that shipment to the customer is made).

We have realized sequential improvement in key operating metrics that impact our financial statements on a latent basis.

Our site sessions increased from a monthly average of 477,000 per month for the months of January, February and March of 2020, to almost 800,000 site sessions in April 2020. We had nearly 1.2 million site sessions in May 2020. These increased site sessions were achieved at a lower cost per session beginning in February and have continued through the date of this prospectus.

These increased site sessions resulted in three-year highs for orders in April and May of this year. An order is paid for by our customer when the order is placed and booked as revenue by us when the order is shipped.

Higher orders have positively impacted our working capital as orders yield cash in advance of shipment. Improvements in our working capital as a result of higher orders have positively impacted our delivery times thereby reducing the time from order to shipment. A reduction in days from order to shipment results in fewer cancelled orders and, as a result, higher revenues.

This offering will provide a net increase of cash on our balance sheet of approximately $10,074,931 (or $12,306,181 if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full). Given what we believe to be the linear relationship between advertising, site visits, orders, and days from order to shipment impacting cancellations, we believe this increase in working capital will have a dramatically positive impact on accelerating our growth rate and profitability.

Emerging Growth Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we will be permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

•        have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

•        submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our

45

common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations during the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, both in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue.

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

March 31, 2020

 

March 31, 2019

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Products sales, net

 

$

9,677,178

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

11,947,046

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

8,111,170

 

 

83.8

%

 

 

10,269,656

 

 

86.0

%

Gross profit

 

 

1,566,008

 

 

16.2

%

 

 

1,677,390

 

 

14.0

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Personnel

 

 

1,311,484

 

 

13.6

%

 

 

882,721

 

 

7.3

%

Advertising

 

 

666,436

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

600,799

 

 

5.0

%

Bank and credit card fees

 

 

244,740

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

257,117

 

 

2.2

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

91,841

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

9,674

 

 

0.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

566,640

 

 

5.9

%

 

 

416,448

 

 

3.5

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,881,141

 

 

29.8

%

 

 

2,166,759

 

 

18.1

%

Net loss from operations

 

 

(1,315,133

)

 

(13.6

)%

 

 

(489,369

)

 

(4.1

)%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Financing costs

 

 

(194,682

)

 

(2.0

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(212,688

)

 

(2.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

 

2,383

 

 

 

 

 

30,847

 

 

0.3

%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(404,987

)

 

(4.2

)%

 

 

30,847

 

 

0.3

%

Net loss before income taxes

 

 

(1,720,120

)

 

(17.8

)%

 

 

(458,222

)

 

(3.8

)%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(435,000

)

 

(4.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(1,285,120

)

 

(13.3

)%

 

$

(458,222

)

 

(3.8

)%

Product sales, net.    We generate revenue from the retail sale of home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Our product sales were $9,677,178 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $11,947,046 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, a decrease of $2,269,868 or 19.0%. The decline in revenue is partially attributable to the transition in ownership and shipping delays that resulted in increased customer order cancellations. The shipping delays are primarily the result of working capital issues.

When our working capital is low, we suffer shipping delays because we do not have sufficient working capital to immediately purchase a product for a customer following that customer’s order and instead must delay our purchase for a period of time. As a result, customer cancellations increase because customers end up waiting longer than expected for the product that they have ordered. Customers often cancel their order if there is a significant delay between order time and shipping. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we estimate that cancellations caused by shipping delays approximated $2.1 million. The working capital issues and resulting shipping delays have been ameliorated by recent trends in customer orders. Since the coronavirus pandemic, our customer orders have increased providing us with the cash (working capital) necessary to order products without any delay. Our ability to immediately order products because of this increased cash reduced the time from order to shipping, which results in fewer customer cancellations.

46

Our past performance is generally indicative of future performance to the extent that there are seasonal factors such as Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and other shopping days when sales spike.

Our revenue by sales type is as follows:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

March 31, 2020

 

March 31, 2019

   

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

Appliance sales

 

$

7,802,104

 

80.62

%

 

$

9,072,939

 

75.94

%

Furniture sales

 

 

1,281,836

 

13.25

%

 

 

2,292,493

 

19.19

%

Other sales

 

 

593,238

 

6.13

%

 

 

581,614

 

4.87

%

Total

 

$

9,677,178

 

100.00

%

 

$

11,947,046

 

100.00

%

Cost of goods sold.    Our cost of goods sold consists of the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of delivering merchandise and, where applicable, installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors. Our total cost of goods sold was $8,111,170 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $10,269,656 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, a decrease of $2,158,486, or 21.0%. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales declined from 86.0% in the 2019 period to 83.8% in the 2020 period. Prior to the acquisition in April 2019, we made adjustments to cost of sales in March 2019 that related to 2018. Had the adjustments been made in 2018, cost of sales would have been 83.4% compared to 83.8% in the 2020 period. The remaining difference is attributable to product mix and other normal variables.

Personnel expenses.    Personnel costs include employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes. It also includes health insurance premiums, 401(k) contributions, and training costs. Our total personnel costs were $1,311,484 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $882,721 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, an increase of $428,763 or 48.6%. The increase is the result of hiring three new senior management personnel and the accrual of $319,216 as the present value of a severance contract payable to the former president.

Advertising expenses.    Advertising expenses include the cost of marketing our products and primarily include online search engine expenses. Our total advertising costs were $$666,436 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $600,799 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, an increase of $65,637 or 10.9%. The increase in spending in the 2020 period elates to an increase in advertising spending to drive traffic to our website.

Bank and credit card fees.    Bank and credit card fees are primarily the fees we pay credit card processors for processing credit card payments made by customers. Our bank and credit card fees were $244,740 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $257,117 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, a decrease of $12,377 or 4.8%. These fees are based on sales, so the decline was primarily due to the decrease in sales.

General and administrative expenses.    Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance, and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. Our total general and administrative expenses were $566,640 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $416,448 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, an increase of $150,192 or 36.1%. The primary increases are professional fees for audits, consulting fees to upgrade our online shopping cart, fees to the Manager under the offsetting management services agreement described below, fees to comply with the requirement to collect sales taxes in all states, and other consulting fees.

Total other income (expense).    We had $404,987 in total other expense, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to total other income, net, of $30,847 for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Total other expense, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2020 consisted of financing costs of $194,682 and interest expense of $212,688, offset by other income of $2,383, while other income, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2019 consisted entirely of other income.

Net loss.    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $1,285,120 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to $458,222 for the three months ended March 31, 2019.

47

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations for the period from April 6 to December 31, 2019 (Successor), the period from January 1 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor) and the year ended December 31, 2018 (Predecessor), in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue.

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the Period April 6
to December 31, 2019

 

For the Period January 1
to April 5, 2019

 

For the Year-Ended
December 31, 2018

   

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

 

Amount

 

% of
Net Sales

Product sales, net

 

$

34,668,112

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

12,946,901

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

56,306,960

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

28,596,129

 

 

82.5

%

 

 

11,004,842

 

 

85.0

%

 

 

45,409,884

 

 

80.6

%

Gross profit

 

 

6,071,983

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

1,942,059

 

 

15.0

%

 

 

10,898,076

 

 

19.4

%

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Personnel

 

 

2,909,751

 

 

8.4

%

 

 

913,919

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

3,627,883

 

 

6.4

%

Advertising

 

 

1,996,507

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

714,276

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

2,640,958

 

 

4.7

%

Bank and credit card
fees

 

 

870,877

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

329,247

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

1,369,557

 

 

2.4

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

271,036

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

9,675

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

39,639

 

 

0.1

%

General and administrative

 

 

1,741,050

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

451,214

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

1,330,647

 

 

2.4

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

7,789,221

 

 

22.5

%

 

 

2,418,331

 

 

18.7

%

 

 

9,008,684

 

 

16.0

%

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

(1,717,238

)

 

(5.0

)%

 

 

(476,272

)

 

(3.7

)%

 

 

1,889,392

 

 

3.4

%

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Financing costs

 

 

(520,160

)

 

(1.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingency

 

 

32,246

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(683,211

)

 

(1.9

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

106,900

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

15,010

 

 

 

 

 

31,007

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

116,135

 

 

0.2

%

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(1,049,215

)

 

(3.0

)%

 

 

31,007

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

115,986

 

 

0.2

%

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(2,766,453

)

 

(8.0

)%

 

 

(445,265

)

 

(3.4

)%

 

 

2,005,378

 

 

3.6

%

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(698,303

)

 

(2.0

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

(6.0

)%

 

$

(445,265

)

 

(3.4

)%

 

$

2,005,378

 

 

3.6

%

We believe that reviewing our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2019 by combining the results of the 2019 successor period (April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019) and 2019 predecessor period (January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019) with the pro forma adjustments related to the acquisition is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance compared to the results of the year ended December 31, 2018 (predecessor). We do not see any potential risks associated with utilizing this pro forma presentation.

48

Following are the combined periods for 2019:

 

Period
April 6 to
December 31,
2019
Successor

 

Period
January 1 to
April 5,
2019 Predecessor

 

Pro Forma
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2109

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2018 Predecessor

 

Increase
(Decrease)

Product sales, net

 

$

34,668,112

 

 

$

12,946,901

 

     

 

 

 

$

47,615,013

 

 

$

56,307,960

 

 

$

(8,692,947

)

Cost of goods sold

 

 

28,596,129

 

 

 

11,004,842

 

     

 

 

 

 

39,600,971

 

 

 

45,409,884

 

 

 

(5,808,913

)

Gross profit

 

 

6,071,983

 

 

 

1,942,059

 

     

 

 

 

 

8,014,042

 

 

 

10,898,076

 

 

 

(2,884,034

)

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel

 

 

2,909,751

 

 

 

913,919

 

     

 

 

 

 

3,823,670

 

 

 

3,627,883

 

 

 

195,787

 

Advertising

 

 

1,996,507

 

 

 

714,276

 

     

 

 

 

 

2,710,783

 

 

 

2,640,958

 

 

 

69,825

 

Bank and credit card
fees

 

 

870,877

 

 

 

329,247

 

     

 

 

 

 

1,200,124

 

 

 

1,369,557

 

 

 

(169,433

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

9,675

 

 

(a)

 

 

271,036

 

 

 

280,711

 

 

 

39,639

 

 

 

241,072

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,557,260

 

 

 

451,214

 

 

(b)

 

 

183,790

 

 

 

2,192,264

 

 

 

1,330,647

 

 

 

861,617

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

7,334,395

 

 

 

2,418,331

 

     

 

454,826

 

 

 

10,207,552

 

 

 

9,008,684

 

 

 

1,198,868

 

Income (loss) from
operations

 

 

(1,262,412

)

 

 

(476,272

)

     

 

(454,826

)

 

 

(2,193,510

)

 

 

1,889,392

 

 

 

(4,082,902

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

(520,160

)

 

 

(520,160

)

 

 

 

 

 

(520,160

)

Gain on write-down of contingency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

 

32,246

 

 

 

32,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,246

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

 

(683,211

)

 

 

(683,211

)

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(683,062

)

Change in fair value of warrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

 

106,900

 

 

 

106,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

106,900

 

Other income

 

 

15,010

 

 

 

31,007

 

     

 

 

 

 

46,017

 

 

 

116,135

 

 

 

(70,118

)

Total other income
(expense)

 

 

15,010

 

 

 

31,007

 

     

 

(1,064,225

)

 

 

(1,018,208

)

 

 

115,986

 

 

 

(1,134,194

)

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(1,247,402

)

 

 

(445,265

)

     

 

(1,529,051

)

 

 

(3,211,718

)

 

 

2,005,378

 

 

 

(5,217,096

)

Provision before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

 

(698,303

)

 

 

(698,303

)

 

 

 

 

 

(698,303

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,247,402

)

 

$

(445,265

)

     

$

(830,748

)

 

$

(2,513,415

)

 

$

2,005,378

 

 

$

(4,518,793

)

49

Notes

(a)

 

Record deprecation on property and equipment and intangible assets acquired in transaction as follows:

 

 

 
   

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

$

32,880

   

Amortization of customer relationships

 

 

36,756

   

Amortization of marketing related intangible asset

 

 

201,400

   

Total

 

$

271,036

       

 

 

(b)

 

Represents management fee to the Manager

 

$

183,790

       

 

 

(c)

 

Reflects amortization of costs associated with acquisition debt as follows:

 

 

 
   

Amortization of loan costs

 

$

447,420

   

Amortization of warrant

 

 

72,740

   

Total

 

$

520,160

       

 

 

(d)

 

Gain from write-down of acquisition date estimated value of contingent note payable

 

$

32,246

       

 

 

(e)

 

Interest expense on acquisition debt as follows:

 

 

 
   

Burnley

 

$

83,370

   

Northpoint

 

 

18,549

   

SBCC

 

 

136,085

   

Leonite

 

 

112,144

   

Contingent note payable

 

 

11,250

   

Acquisition note payable-related party

 

 

321,813

   

Total

 

$

683,211

       

 

 

(f)

 

Increase in estimated acquisition date value of warrant

 

$

106,900

       

 

 

(g)

 

Represents the income tax benefit of post-acquisition operations (prior to acquisition, our company was a Subchapter S corporation and income taxes were paid by the stockholders)

 

$

698,303

Product sales, net.    Our product sales were $47,615,013 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $12,946,901 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $34,668,112 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $56,307,960 for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $8,692,947, or 15.4%. The decline in revenue is partially attributable to the transition in ownership and shipping delays that resulted in increased customer order cancellations. The shipping delays are primarily the result of working capital issues. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we estimate that cancellations caused by shipping delays approximated $6,200,000.

Our revenue by sales type is as follows:

 

Periods Ended December 31,

   

2019
Successor

 

2019
Predecessor

 

2019
Total

 

2018
Predecessor

Appliance sales

 

$

28,487,053

 

$

9,784,525

 

$

38,271,578

 

$

42,871,864

Furniture sales

 

 

4,405,866

 

 

2,456,085

 

 

6,861,951

 

 

10,813,453

Other sales

 

 

1,775,193

 

 

706,291

 

 

2,481,484

 

 

2,622,643

Total

 

$

34,668,112

 

$

12,946,901

 

$

47,615,013

 

$

56,307,960

Cost of goods sold.    Our total cost of goods sold was $39,600,971 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $11,004,842 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $28,596,129 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $45,806,884 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Cost of goods sold declined by $5,805,913 from 2018 to 2019, however as a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold increased from 80.6% to 83.2%. The increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales results from the loss of a 2.0% purchase discount from our largest vender and the inability to take advantage of vendor promotional offers because of our working capital constraints.

50

Personnel expenses.    Our total personnel costs were $3,823,670 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $913,919 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $2,909,751 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $3,627,833 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $195,787, or 5.4%. The increase is partially attributable to the hiring of new chief executive and chief financial officers.

Advertising expenses.    Our total advertising costs were $2,710,783 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $714,276 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $1,996,507 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $2,640,958 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $69,825, or 2.6%.

Bank and credit card fees.    Our bank and credit card fees were $1,200,124 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $329,247 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $870,877 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $1,369,557 for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $169,433, or 12.4%. These fees are based on sales, so the decline was primarily due to the decrease in sales, although this was offset somewhat by an increase in the fees charged by credit card processors.

General and administrative expenses.    Our total general and administrative expenses were $2,192,264 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $451,214 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $1,741,050 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to $1,330,647 for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $861,617, or 64.8%. The primary increases are professional fees for audits, consulting fees to upgrade our online shopping cart, fees due or paid to the Manager under the offsetting management services agreement described below, fees to comply with the requirement to collect sales taxes in all states, and other consulting fees.

Total other income (expense).    We had $1,018,208 in total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included income of $31,007 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and expenses of $1,049,215 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to total other income, net, of $115,986 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of financing costs of $520,160 and interest expense of $683,211, offset by a gain on write-down of contingency of $32,246, a change in fair value of warrant liability of $106,900 and other income of $46,017, while other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted of other income of $116,135 (which includes interest income of $79,084 and miscellaneous other income of $37,051), offset by interest expense of $149.

Net income (loss).    As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $2,513,415 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $445,265 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $2,068,150 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared to a net income of $2,005,378 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $247,668. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through revenue generated from operations, bank borrowings and equity contributions by our stockholders.

Although we plan to use the proceeds of this offering to repay certain debt, we are not dependent on the proceeds of this offering to repay such debt as we believe that alternative sources of debt or equity financing would be available. We believe that our current levels of cash, without the proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for our operations for at least the next 12 months, including our anticipated costs associated with becoming a public reporting company. We may, however, in the future require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions, implementation of our strategy to expand our business, or other investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our own financial resources are insufficient to satisfy our capital requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by us to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to expand our business operations and could harm our overall business prospects.

51

At March 31, 2020, we did not meet certain loan covenants under the loan and security agreements with Burnley and SBCC described below. The agreements require compliance with the following ratios of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization to outstanding debt amounts for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2020. The table below shows the required ratio and actual ratio for such period.

Covenant

 

Actual Ratio

 

Required Ratio

Total debt ratio

 

(2.6)x

 

4.0x

Senior debt ratio

 

(0.7)x

 

1.5x

Interest coverage ratio

 

(0.9)x

 

1.0x

In addition, we were not in compliance with a requirement with respect to the liquidity ratio, which is the ratio of cash and available borrowings to customer deposits. At March 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.10x compared to a requirement of 1.35x.

Accordingly, we are in default on these loan and security agreements (though we remain current in our payments) and have classified such debt as a current liability, which gives the lenders the right to accelerate the entire amount of the indebtedness upon notice to us. We plan to utilize the proceeds of this offering to repay this indebtedness in full thus rectifying this issue. We have taken the following two steps that we believe will positively impact our business:

•        we hired an appliance industry veteran as chief executive officer to drive growth and increase profitability; and

•        we have engaged outside consultants to increase traffic to our website and improve our on-line shopping experience.

We believe these efforts and others will increase revenue and allow us to regain compliance with our debt covenants; however, there can be no assurance that we will succeed in doing so on a timely basis or at all or that the lenders will continue to forbear from accelerating the debt or exercising other remedies.

There are no cross-default provisions that would require any other long-term liabilities to be classified as current. Although we have defaulted under the 9% subordinated promissory note described below as the result of our failure to make payments thereunder from and after August 27, 2019, the date that Burnley notified us that we are in technical default under its loan and security agreement, Burnley’s notice also stated that pursuant to the subordination agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Burnley and Goedeker Television, no payment can be made under the note so long as our default relating to Burnley’s loan continues. Therefore, notwithstanding the default, Goedeker Television has no right to accelerate the note because, in addition to the subordination agreement which otherwise would have permitted acceleration, the note itself also has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration. Since Goedeker Television does not currently have the right to accelerate the note, we have classified all amounts other than the currently due portion of the note as long-term liabilities.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay these loans from the proceeds of this offering.

Summary of Cash Flow

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flow for all financial statement periods presented in this prospectus.

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

   

2019
Successor

 

2019
Predecessor

 

2019
Total

 

2018
Predecessor

 

2020
Successor

 

2019
Predecessor

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(2,706,053

)

 

$

611,268

 

$

(2,094,785

)

 

$

442,074

 

 

$

958,356

 

 

$

(2,230

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(2,200

)

 

 

 

 

(2,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,772,723

 

 

 

 

 

2,772,723

 

 

 

(713,800

)

 

 

(775,158

)

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

64,470

 

 

 

611,268

 

 

675,738

 

 

 

(271,726

)

 

 

183,198

 

 

 

(2,230

)

52

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $958,356 for the three months ended March 31, 2020, as compared $2,230 net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase in net cash used in operating activities is primarily due to an increase in customer deposits.

Our net cash used in operating activities was $2,094,785 for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $2,706,053 from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, as compared $442,074 net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in net cash used in operating activities is primarily due to the increase in net loss.

We had no investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

Our net cash used in investing activities was $2,200 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and was for the purchases of property and equipment. We had no investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Our net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $775,158, which consisted of net payments on lines of credit of $681,408 and repayment on notes payable of $93,750. We had no financing activities for three months ended March 31, 2019.

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $2,772,723 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, and consisted of proceeds from note payable of $1,500,000, net borrowings from lines of credit of $1,339,430 and proceeds from convertible notes payable of $650,000, offset by repayments on notes payable $357,207 and cash paid for financing costs of $359,500. We had $713,800 net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018, all of which consisted of distributions to stockholders.

Revolving Loan — Burnley

On April 5, 2019, our company, as borrower, and 1847 Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base or (ii) $1,500,000 (provided that such amount may be increased to $3,000,000 in Burnley’s sole discretion) minus reserves established by Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. The “borrowing base” means an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the product of 85% multiplied by the liquidation value of our inventory (net of all liquidation costs) identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to Burnley (ii) multiplied by our eligible inventory (as defined in the loan and security agreement), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis. In connection with the closing of the acquisition of Goedeker Television on April 5, 2019, we borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. There is no available borrowing base and the balance of the line of credit amounts to $409,642 as of March 31, 2020, comprised of principal of $488,309 and net of unamortized debt discount of $78,667.

As noted above, we are default on this loan and security agreement (though we remain current in our payments) and we have classified such debt as a current liability.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

Revolving Loan — Northpoint

On June 24, 2019, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by us of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. The balance of the line of credit amounts to $169,713 as of March 31, 2020.

The Northpoint loans are secured by a security interest in all of our inventory that is manufactured or sold by vendors identified in the loan and security agreement and is guaranteed by 1847 Holdco.

53

Term Loan — SBCC

On April 5, 2019, our company, as borrower, and 1847 Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with SBCC for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which we issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of our most senior capital equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. We classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet of $122,344 and subject to remeasurement on every reporting period. The balance of the note amounts to $940,123 as of March 31, 2020, comprised of principal of $1,218,750, capitalized PIK interest of $27,473, and net of unamortized debt discount of $133,500 and unamortized warrant feature of $172,600.

As noted above, we are default on this loan and security agreement (though we remain current in our payments) and we have classified such debt as a current liability.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

Secured Convertible Promissory Note

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, 1847 Holdco and our company (which are collectively referred to herein as the Borrowers) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite, pursuant to which the Borrowers issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares, (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) 1847 Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% interest in 1847 Holdco.

The note carries an original issue discount of $64,286 to cover Leonite’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the note. Therefore, the purchase price of the note was $650,000. The remaining net balance of the note at March 31, 2020 is $710,288, comprised of principal of $714,286 and unamortized debt discount warrant feature of $3,998.

The rights of Leonite to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Leonite entered into with them.

As noted under “Use of Proceeds” above, we plan to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering.

9% Subordinated Promissory Note

A portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of assets from Goedeker Television was paid by the issuance by us of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. The note will accrue interest at 9% per annum, amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached thereto, and mature on April 5, 2023. The remaining balance of the note at March 31, 2020 is $3,345,995, comprised of principal of $3,930,292 and the contingent note payable of $49,248, net of unamortized debt discount of $584,297.

The note is unsecured and contains customary events of default. The rights of the holder to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the holder entered into with them.

As stated above, although we have defaulted under this note, Goedeker Television has no right to accelerate the note because the note has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration.

54

Total Debt

The following table shows aggregate figures for the total debt described above that is coming due in the short and long term as of March 31, 2020. See the above disclosures for more details regarding these loans.

 

Short-Term

 

Long-Term

 

Total Debt

Revolving Loan – Burnley

 

$

409,642

 

 

$

 

 

$

409,642

Revolving Loan – Northpoint

 

 

169,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

169,713

Term Loan – SBCC

 

 

1,062,467

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

1,062,467

Secured Convertible Promissory Note – Leonite

 

 

710,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

710,288

9% Subordinated Promissory Note – Goedeker Television

 

 

1,261,428

 

 

 

2,133,815

(2)

 

 

3,395,243

Total

 

$

3,613,538

 

 

$

2,133,815

 

 

$

5,747,353

____________

(1)      Includes warrant liability of $122,344

(2)      Includes contingent note payable of $49,248

Contractual Obligations

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with the Manager, which also serves as the manager for 1847 Holdings. This agreement was amended on April 21, 2020 with the amendment becoming effective at the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, as amended, we appointed the Manager to provide certain services to us for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. Under certain circumstances specified in the offsetting management services agreement, our quarterly fee may be reduced if similar fees payable to the Manager by other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings exceed a threshold amount.

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, we must also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses which are specifically approved by our board of directors, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on our behalf in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement.

The services provided by the Manager include: conducting general and administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and overseeing and consulting with respect to our business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

We expensed $62,500 in management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and $183,790 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Payment of the management fee is subordinated to the payment of interest on the 9% subordinated promissory note, such that no payment of the management fee may be made if we are in default under the note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on our being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the 9% subordinated promissory note or the earn out payments described below, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000. The rights of the Manager to receive payments under the offsetting management services agreement are also subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the Manager entered into with Burnley and SBCC on April 5, 2019. Accordingly, $126,153 due to the Manager is classified as an accrued liability as of March 31, 2020.

55

Earn Out Payments

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television, Goedeker Television is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent that our business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

1.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater;

2.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater; and

3.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater.

To the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, we must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker Television in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of our business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

To the extent Goedeker Television is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker Television is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

The rights of Goedeker Television to receive any earn out payment are subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Goedeker Television entered into with them on April 5, 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies

The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies for our company. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements:

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized

56

to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. Our adoption of this ASU resulted in no change to our results of operations or balance sheet.

We collect the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed. We do not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if we did, because all of our contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

The revenue that we recognize arises from orders we receive from customers. Our performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that we make to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed. Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, our products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The transfer of control generally occurs at the point of shipment. Once this occurs, we have satisfied our performance obligation and we recognize revenue. For drop shipments, we are determined to be the principal as we bear a risk of loss and can change shipping instructions in transit; we handle any customer complaints or returns related to drop shipments; and we take legal title to the product between shipment and delivery. Revenue from the sale of long-term service warranties are recognized net of costs to sell the contracts to the third-party warranty service company.

Our performance obligations include shipment of products and, in some instances, performance of services such as installation. Revenue for the sale of merchandise without installation is recognized upon shipment to the customer; revenue for the sale of merchandise including installation is recognized upon delivery and installation of the product which typically occur simultaneously. Allowances for sales returns are estimated and recorded based on prior returns history, recent trends, and projections for returns on sales in the current period.

We agree with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In our contracts with customers, we allocate the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax we collect concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

If we continued to apply legacy revenue recognition guidance for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, revenues, gross margin, and net loss would not have changed.

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of shipping merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

Substantially all our sales are to individual retail consumers.

Shipping and Handling — We bill our customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

Disaggregated Revenue — We disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers by contract type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

Receivables

Receivables consist of credit card transactions in the process of settlement. Vendor rebates receivable represent amounts due from manufactures from whom we purchase products. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on our assessment of the credit history with our manufacturers, we have concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. We historically collect substantially all of our outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

57

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the low-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. We periodically evaluate the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on our estimate of market conditions. Reserves for slow-moving and potentially obsolete inventories was $425,000 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

Category

 

Useful Life
(Years)

Machinery and equipment

 

5

Office equipment

 

5

Vehicles

 

5

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired identifiable intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Acquired Intangible Asset

 

Amortization
Basis

 

Expected Life
(Years)

Customer related

 

Straight-line

 

15

Marketing related

 

Straight-line

 

5

Long-Lived Assets

We review our property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management at least annually. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Derivative Instrument Liability

We account for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument.

58

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use, or ROU, assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. We adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of our lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on our statements of income or cash flows.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for our company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017. ASU 2018-02 became effective for our company on January 1, 2019 and resulted in a decrease of approximately $748,000 to retained earnings due to the reclassification from AOCI of the effect of the corporate income tax rate change on our cash flow hedges. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for our company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis, and do not expect the adoption will result in a material impact for future periods.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019,

59

and early adoption is permitted. We will modify our disclosures beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to conform to this guidance. We do not expect the adoption of this standard and the associated changes to our disclosures to have a material impact to our financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. This pronouncement was amended under ASU 2019-10 to allow an extension on the adoption date for entities that qualify as a small reporting company. We have elected this extension and the effective date for us to adopt this standard will be for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. We have not completed our assessment of the standard, but we do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

We currently believe that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to our financial statements.

60

BUSINESS

Overview

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 90% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 227,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

Our shopping experience allows for online chat and the ability to speak with an expert by phone seven days a week. We believe that we are a national leader in customer value and price. We enjoy strong relationships with most national and global appliance companies and we believe that we have a technologically advanced online sales and infrastructure platform.

The delivery experience and overall customer service that we offer our shoppers are central to our business. We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system.

Corporate History and Structure

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television. On April 5, 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television for an aggregate purchase price of $6,200,000 consisting of: (i) $1,500,000 in cash, subject to adjustment; (ii) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000; and (iii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments. As additional consideration, our parent company, 1847 Holdco, agreed to issue to each of the stockholders of Goedeker Television a number of shares of its common stock equal to a 11.25% interest in all of the issued and outstanding stock of 1847 Holdco as of the closing date. As a result of this transaction, we acquired the former business of Goedeker Television and continue to operate this business. See “— Legal Proceedings” below for information regarding a claim that we have made related to this acquisition. Prior to our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television, we had no operations other than operations relating to our incorporation and organization.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have no subsidiaries.

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with the Manager, which also serves as the manager for 1847 Holdings, our indirect parent company. This agreement was amended on April 21, 2020 with the amendment becoming effective at the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, as amended, we appointed the Manager to provide certain services to us, including administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business operations for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. Under certain circumstances specified in the offsetting management services agreement, our quarterly fee may be reduced if similar fees payable to the Manager by other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings exceed a threshold amount. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations — Offsetting Management Services Agreement and Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — Certain of our directors, officers and management could be in a position of conflict of interest.

61

Industry

Overview

According to eMarketer, global retail sales reached over $25 trillion in 2019 and are expected to increase to $30 trillion by 2023. U.S. retail sales reached over $5 trillion in 2019 and are expected to grow by nearly $700 billion by 2023.

Global retail e-commerce sales reached over $3 trillion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $6 trillion by 2023. U.S. e-commerce retail sales reached over $590 billion in 2019 and are expected to increase to over $960 billion by 2023.

62

Household Appliance Market

According to Statista, the U.S. household appliance market reached $18.3 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 13.7% from 2020 to 2024.

Source: Statista, January 2020

The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with big box retailers, large online retailers, and thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share in what has historically been a high touch sale process with manufacturers’ strict showroom requirements. However, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, as demonstrated by the chart below.

Source: Statista, January 2020

This shifting landscape to online sales is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift. According to Consumer Reports, more than 80% of customers research and compare appliances online.

63

Furniture and Homeware Market

According to Statista, the U.S. furniture and homeware market reached $44 billion in revenue in 2019. Revenue is expected to increase at an annual growth rate of 4.3% from 2020 to 2024.

Source: Statista, January 2020

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. As with the U.S. household appliance market, the landscape has been shifting to online sales, as demonstrated by the chart below.

Source: Statista, January 2020

Much like the U.S. household appliance market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

64

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

To our knowledge, the projections above for future periods do not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic. However, we do anticipate that that the shift to online sales will be accelerated, as at least some of the retail stores that have closed during the pandemic may not re-open.

Products

Appliances

The appliance category is our largest revenue source. We have a long history of selling these products and serving the distinct needs of consumers looking to replace or add to their home appliances. We offer roughly 22,000 appliance SKUs from all mainline original equipment manufacturers, including Bosch, Whirlpool, GE, Maytag, LG, Samsung, Sharp, and Kitchen Aid, among others. We sell all major home appliances, including refrigerators, ranges, ovens, dishwashers, microwaves, freezers, washers and dryers.

Sales of appliances accounted for approximately 80% and 76% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and for approximately 81% and 76% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Furniture

We began selling furniture online in 2015 and currently offer approximately 148,000 SKUs from over 340 furniture vendors. Furniture is the second largest product category. The organization of product by type and characteristics makes for a complete shopping experience in a complicated product category.

Sales of furniture accounted for approximately 15% and 19% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and for approximately 13% and 19% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

65

Other Products

We also offer a broad assortment of products in the décor, bed & bath, lighting, outdoor living and electronics categories. While these are not individually high-volume categories, they complement the appliance and furniture categories to produce a one-stop home goods offering for customers.

We also offer customers the opportunity to purchase warranties that protect their appliances beyond the manufacturers’ warranty period. Warranties are offered through third party vendors to which we pay a commission for selling the warranty product.

Other sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for approximately 6% and 5% for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Pricing

We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest possible price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure the success this strategy. Our business model emphasizes value added products up to and including super premium products. As a result, we believe that our average selling price by product category is higher than industry norms.

Vendor/Supplier Relationships

We offer more than 1,000 vendors and over 227,000 SKUs available for purchase through our website. This depth of vendor relationships gives consumers numerous options in all product categories resulting in a true one-stop shopping destination. Our vendors and suppliers are listed in the table below.

Supplier

 

Total
Purchases
(2018)

 

Total
Purchases
(2019)

 

Percent of
Purchases
(2019)

Whirlpool

 

$

19,812,400

 

$

17,337,900

 

44.1

%

General Electric

 

 

4,214,400

 

 

2,528,000

 

6.4

%

Bosch

 

 

3,671,200

 

 

2,479,800

 

6.3

%

Electrolux

 

 

2,647,100

 

 

2,081,600

 

5.3

%

LG

 

 

2,097,900

 

 

1,980,200

 

5.0

%

Samsung

 

 

3,479,000

 

 

1,481,400

 

3.8

%

We are substantially dependent on Whirlpool for a large portion of our product purchases. Products are purchased from all suppliers, including Whirlpool, on an at-will basis. We have no long-term purchase agreements with Whirlpool or any other supplier. Relationships with suppliers are subject to change from time to time. Changes in our relationships with suppliers occur periodically and could positively or negatively impact our net sales and operating profits. We believe that we can be successful in mitigating negative effects resulting from unfavorable changes in the relationships with suppliers through, among other things, the development of new or expanded supplier relationships. Please see “Risk Factors” for a description of the risks related to our supplier relationships, including our dependence on Whirlpool.

66

Marketing

We market our products through a variety of methods, including through paid shopping and paid searches, display marketing, affiliate marketing, organic marketing, paid social media marketing and email marketing. The diagram below sets forth some of our key marketing statistics for 2019.

Paid Shopping and Paid Search

Our most effective channel is paid shopping and paid search. We utilize multiple search platforms (primarily Google) to put our products in front of consumers that are searching for products online. We have engaged a “best in class” agency and continually monitor and optimize campaigns in order to create more efficient and profitable campaign results. We specialize in a “bottom of the funnel” approach, meaning our campaigns are designed to spend more liberally with those at the end of the purchase cycle, and more conservatively with those in the beginning of the purchase journey.

Display Marketing

The majority of our display efforts are in the form of remarketing across the Google ad network. At this time, we are not focused on major branding efforts as much as we are on capitalizing on consumers who have begun their buying journey. With high average order values, we find that remarketing works effectively at bringing consumers back on the website or the phone to place an order.

Affiliate Marketing

Keeping a keen eye on nexus laws, we have scaled back our affiliate marketing in order to protect the interests of our company. We have found that the administrative burden and tax impact or revenue generated by many of the affiliates outweighed the benefits. As of the date of this prospectus, we have only one affiliate marketing relationship remaining with 200 affiliate partners.

67

Organic Marketing

Organic marketing continues to be a strong channel for our company. While we are not heavily invested in organic at this time, the channel resulted in approximately 300,000 users coming to our website in the last quarter of 2019 alone. We understand best practices in technology, programming, copywriting, link acquisition as well as many other strategies to ensure we are in a strong position with the largest search engines.

Paid Social Media

Social media is utilized sparingly to drive traffic and manage brand perception. It is our goal to not look irrelevant to consumers viewing us on social media, while at the same time minimizing spending on these channels. We have found awareness campaigns on social media to be ineffective with products at our price point. We do take advantage of the remarketing opportunities on Facebook, which work well for us by driving highly qualified traffic back to our website where that traffic is converted to customers.

Email

Using email marketing, we put relevant products and offers in front our of a growing email database of approximately 200,000 opted-in consumers multiple times per week. Our marketing team produces email content by utilizing in-house design, copy and programming resources. Messages are sent using an enterprise-level email service provider and metrics such as deliverability, open rates and click rates are constantly monitored. Messages are targeted to individuals based on numerous factors including what time they are most likely to read emails, past purchase behavior and frequency of interaction.

Additionally, we utilize a multitude of triggered email programs, such as cart and browse abandonment, to entice customers back into the funnel. We continue to pursue best practices such as offer modals and scraping the checkout in order to facilitate continued list growth. Below is a diagram representing key performance metrics for 2019.

68

Customers and Markets

Based on a study that we commissioned in 2019, our average shopper is between 40 and 60 years old and lives in a single-family home, which they own. Most of our customers are not reluctant to buy at a premium price for top quality as long as we and our products provide good value. Our most popular brands tend to be middle to upper market brands that are not found in the stores of many large retailers. A significant percentage of our customers have household income above $100,000.

Our physical store presence and warehouse is located in St Louis, Missouri, and third-party distribution, delivery and installation agreements allow us to serve, sell and ship to customers nationwide. Further efforts are underway to expand our agreements directly with manufacturers to pick up and deliver from their warehouse to reach more customers, more quickly at reduced costs. In fact, while we started many years ago as a brick and mortar only business, about 75% of our sales originate from outside the Midwest market. The diagram below represents our sales by region for 2019:

Customer Support

Our customer support team exists to sell and service customers at all parts of the buying and ownership cycle. We believe that by integrating phone support with marketing efforts, we differentiate ourselves from big box and independent retailers. Leading edge contact center technology and management is in early stage deployment and promises to increase sales close rates, decrease cancellations, increase average ticket size and create customers that purchase within the next twelve months. Current repeat purchasing is roughly 20% within a year, which demonstrates a reasonable satisfaction with the current model. We have a customer service team of nine members and call center sales team of nine members.

Our call center is now available to field inbound customer calls from 8:00 am to 6:00 pm CT, Monday through Saturday and Sunday from 12:00pm to 6:00 pm CT. Approximately 40% of all sales involve an order that was placed with a sales representative. This percentage should increase in 2020 as chat becomes a more deployed resource for our shoppers and customers.

69

Logistics

Purchasing and Inventory Management

We purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website. This allows us to tightly manage inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. About 90% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system. As described above, initiatives are underway that will allow us to pick up products closer and more quickly directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses.

Shipping and Delivery

We take ownership of inventory when it is delivered to our warehouse. At this point, warehouse staff unloads the product, determines the delivery location, picks a carrier and ultimately ships the product. We primarily use R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services. We also use AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries. If a customer is outside of their service zones or requires faster delivery times, we will use one of our three or four specialty carriers to get the job done.

Returns and Exchanges

Our return and exchange policy is designed to be as worry-free and customer-friendly as possible. We offer a 30-day money back, 100% satisfaction guarantee. If a customer is not satisfied with his or her order, we will exchange or refund the full purchase price, minus all shipping costs, within 30 days of delivery. We do not charge a restocking fee when items are returned or exchanged, which we believe differentiates us from other retailers.

Technology

Technology utilization, along with the capture and analysis of data, have been cornerstones of our strategy since moving to the online marketplace. Management streamlines much of the decision-making process around operations, purchasing decisions, marketing efforts and customer experience by leveraging our customized ERP systems and sales reports.

Competition

We compete with big box retailers, independent appliance and furniture retailers, hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer companies and web only companies. As a hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer company, we have the ability to navigate the competitive offerings of each competitor, utilizing online marketing, our customer service expertise and large curated assortments to attract and retain new customers.

70

Appliances

The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share. Our primary competitors in the appliance market include:

•        Big Box Retailers:    Home Depot, Lowe’s, Best Buy and Walmart;

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon and Houzz; and

•        Specialty Retailers:    AJ Madison, Appliance Connection and US Appliance.

The shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

Furniture and Homewares

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. Our main competitors in the furniture and homewares market include:

•        Furniture Stores:    Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys, Raymour & Flanagan and Rooms To Go;

•        Big Box Retailers:    Bed Bath & Beyond, IKEA, Target and Walmart;

•        Department Stores:    JCPenney and Macy’s;

•        Specialty Retailers:    Crate and Barrel, Ethan Allen, TJX, At Home, Williams Sonoma, Restoration Hardware, Arhaus, Horchow, Room & Board and Mitchell Gold + Bob Williams; and

•        Online Retailers and Marketplaces:    Amazon, Wayfair and eBay.

Much like the appliance market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies, led by giants such as Wayfair and Amazon. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift. We believe there may be opportunities for nationally distributed niche products, like sleeper sofas, where we could benefit from not inventorying product but marketing and then ordering on demand after payment. Similar opportunities are even more broadly available in the appliance market.

Competitive Strengths

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

•        Name and reputation.    We believe that we enjoy a long-standing (50+ years) reputation with vendors and customers for our focus on offering a full line of appliances and other home furnishings with competitive pricing and superior customer service.

•        Strong customer relationships.    We cater to the committed shopper who is interested in purchasing top-of-the-line appliances, furniture and other home goods at low prices. We believe that these customers value our dedication to providing outstanding customer service and repeatedly use us for their home product needs.

•        Highly trained and professional staff.    We believe that our personnel are our most important asset. We have an internal sales support team of nine personnel who are trained to educate and support customers when selecting and buying products. Approximately 40% of customer orders consist of a phone conversation with a sales team member, which becomes a differentiator when competing with online only companies and with brick and with mortar outlets.

71

•        Product pricing.    We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest allowed price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 22,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure this strategy.

•        Online sales expertise.    We believe that our ability to transact online, big ticket, home delivery gives us strategic positioning and capability to sell more products to our current customer base, as well as to add new big ticket product categories.

•        Best in class customer service and marketing technology.    We believe that the investments we have made in our call center tools and the latest version of our shopping platform, combined with digital marketing optimization, should put us in position to offer a scalable, repeatable quality process that is second to none in the retail appliance industry.

Growth Strategies

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

•        Significantly increase marketing spend.    We plan to partner with nationally accredited advertising and marketing agencies to more efficiently utilize our advertising dollars and to increase sales through our website and our call center.

•        Expand in the commercial market.    To date, we have directed all marketing efforts toward the consumer. With remodels and new home construction, there is opportunity to market to home builders, contractors and interior designers who are making or influencing the purchasing decision for many consumers. We believe that our low price business model would be received well by this market, creating substantial revenue opportunities and more repeat business. Evidence of unmet demand and market need is ongoing with large commercial sales occurring organically each week through our web site and contact center.

•        Expand category management.    We have expanded from online appliances to furniture and other categories while maintaining management headcount. Management feels that committing dedicated resources to each category and building them out in business unit fashion will not only drive revenue but increase and improve margins.

•        Warehouse and shipping optimization.    We plan to implement a series of initiatives with key vendors to increase shipping speed to customers, cut costs and increase margins. We plan to pick up product from manufacturers’ warehouses and selectively use inventory buys to reduce costs. With access to vendor warehouse operations, we expect to take advantage of buying opportunities and capture time-sensitive customers more frequently.

•        Expanded operating hours.    Our customer support and sales hours were expanded during 2019 and we expect to expand sales hours by 20 hours per week as we move through 2020.

•        Ride the wave of online retail.    Big ticket online retail continues to grow significantly as product offerings and shopping experiences start to become superior to most brick and mortar shopping. We are making key investments in people, processes and systems that we believe will grow our customer base. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the growth in online retail.

Intellectual Property

We own several domain names, including for our www.goedekers.com website. The agreements with our suppliers generally provide us with a limited, non-exclusive license to use the supplier’s trademarks, service marks and trade names for the sole purpose of promoting and selling their products.

To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of laws and regulations, as well as contractual restrictions. We rely on the protection of laws regarding unregistered copyrights for certain content we create. We also rely on trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. To further protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our executive officers and directors.

72

Facilities

We are headquartered at 13850 Manchester Rd., St. Louis, Missouri 63011. We operate from one facility totaling 50,000 square feet, which houses our corporate headquarters, warehouse and showroom. We lease this facility pursuant to a lease agreement entered into with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of Goedeker Television, on April 5, 2019. The lease is for a term of five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, we are responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) we shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by us pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) we shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to us; (iv) we shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of our assets.

We believe that all our properties have been adequately maintained, are generally in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for our businesses.

Employees

As of March 31, 2020, we employed 67 full-time employees.

Department/Function

 

Employees

Accounting/Finance

 

11

Sales and Marketing

 

19

Customer Service

 

10

Human Resources

 

1

Information Technology

 

7

Product Data Management

 

7

Purchasing

 

5

Warehouse

 

7

TOTALS

 

67

None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. Except as set forth below, we are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

The asset purchase agreement pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television (described above under “— Corporate History and Structure” above) provided for a customary post-closing working capital adjustment to the purchase price. The amount of the adjustment was disputed by the parties and, in accordance with the terms of the asset purchase agreement, an accounting firm was mutually agreed upon to conduct an accounting to calculate the amount that the purchase price should have been adjusted. Ultimately the accounting firm determined that the purchase price should have been adjusted by $809,000, an amount which was to be paid by Goedeker Television to us. Goedeker Television did not pay us, so on or about March 23, 2020, we submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association alleging, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. We are alleging damages in the

73

amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs. As described under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Developments — Goedeker Television Settlement, we have entered into a settlement agreement related to this claim that will become effective upon closing of this offering.

Regulation

Our business is subject a variety of laws and regulations applicable to companies conducting business on the Internet. Jurisdictions vary as to how, or whether, existing laws governing areas such as personal privacy and data security, consumer protection or sales and other taxes, among other areas, apply to the Internet and e-commerce, and these laws are continually evolving. For example, certain applicable privacy laws and regulations require us to provide customers with our policies on sharing information with third parties, and advance notice of any changes to these policies. Related laws may govern the manner in which we store or transfer sensitive information or impose obligations on us in the event of a security breach or inadvertent disclosure of such information. Additionally, tax regulations in jurisdictions where we do not currently collect state or local taxes may subject us to the obligation to collect and remit such taxes, or to additional taxes, or to requirements intended to assist jurisdictions with their tax collection efforts. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and e-commerce generally could result in significant additional taxes on our business. Further, we could be subject to fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements. The continued growth and demand for e-commerce is likely to result in more laws and regulations that impose additional compliance burdens on e-commerce companies.

74

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below is information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Douglas T. Moore

 

63

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Robert D. Barry

 

76

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ellery W. Roberts

 

50

 

Chairman of the Board

Edward J. Tobin

 

63

 

Director

Ellette A. Anderson

 

43

 

Director(1)

Clark R. Crosnoe

 

51

 

Director(1)

Paul A. Froning

 

49

 

Director(1)

Glyn C. Milburn

 

49

 

Director(1)

____________

(1)      Appointed to our board of directors effective as of the closing date of this offering.

Douglas T. Moore.    Mr. Moore has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2019 and as a director since April 2020. Through his more than 25 years of retail experience, Mr. Moore has developed an understanding of strategic and tactical business issues that include store operations, merchandising, supply chain, sourcing and human resource planning. He also possesses senior management, marketing, risk assessment and retail knowledge. Prior to joining us, Mr. Moore was President and Chief Executive Officer of Med-Air Homecare, a home healthcare equipment and service provider, from November 2013 until May 2019, Principal of First Street Consulting, LLC, a retail consulting firm, from January 2011 until October 2017, and Senior Vice President of FirstSTREET for Boomers and Beyond, Inc., a leading direct marketer of products for baby boomers, from October 2017 until August 2019. From February 2012 through June 2012, Mr. Moore served as the Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer at hhgregg, Inc., a consumer electronics retail chain. Mr. Moore has served on the board of directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (NYSE:LL), one of the leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring in North America, since April 2006. Mr. Moore received his undergraduate degree and M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. Mr. Moore was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the retail industry and public company board experience.

Robert D. Barry.    Mr. Barry has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception and as a director from inception until April 2020. He has served on the board of directors of 1847 Holdings since January 2014 and has served as Controller of 1847 Holdings’ subsidiary Neese, Inc., since July 2017. From April 2013 until August 2016, Mr. Barry was Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Pawn Plus Inc., a chain of five retail pawn stores in suburban Philadelphia and one pawn store in northeastern Ohio. Prior to that, Mr. Barry served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Regional Management Corp. (NYSE:RM), a consumer loan company based in Greenville, South Carolina, from March 2007 to January 2013. Prior to joining Regional Management Corp., Mr. Barry was the Managing Member of AccessOne Mortgage Company, LLC in Raleigh, North Carolina, from 1997 to 2007. During this time, he also served as part-time Chief Financial Officer for Patriot State Bank, in Fuquay-Varina, North Carolina, from March 2006 to March 2007 and Nuestro Banco, Raleigh, North Carolina, from July 2006 to March 2007. Prior to his time at AccessOne, Mr. Barry was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Regional Acceptance Corporation (NASDAQ:REGA), a consumer finance company based in Greenville, North Carolina and prior to that he was a financial institutions partner in the Raleigh, North Carolina office of KPMG LLP. Mr. Barry is a Certified Public Accountant licensed in North Carolina and Georgia. Mr. Barry was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his years of relevant financial and business expertise.

Ellery W. Roberts.    Mr. Roberts has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Roberts brings over 20 years of private equity investing experience to our company. Mr. Roberts has been the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer of 1847 Holdings since its inception on January 22, 2013 and is also the sole manager of the Manager. Mr. Roberts has also been a director of Western Capital Resources, Inc., a public company (WCRS), since May 2010. In July 2011, Mr. Roberts formed The 1847 Companies LLC, a company that is no longer active, where he began investing his own personal capital and capital of high net worth individuals in

75

select transactions. Prior to forming The 1847 Companies LLC, Mr. Roberts was the co-founder and was co-managing principal from October 2009 to June 2011 of RW Capital Partners LLC, the recipient of a “Green Light” letter from the U.S. Small Business Administration permitting RW Capital Partners LLC to raise capital in pursuit of the Small Business Investment Company license with the preliminary support of the Small Business Administration. Mr. Roberts was a founding member of Parallel Investment Partners, LP (formerly SKM Growth Investors, LP), a Dallas-based private equity fund focused on re-capitalizations, buyouts and growth capital investments in lower middle market companies throughout the United States. Previously, Mr. Roberts served as Principal with Lazard Group LLC (NYSE: LAZ), a Senior Financial Analyst at Colony Capital, Inc., and a Financial Analyst with the Corporate Finance Division of Smith Barney Inc. (now known as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC). Mr. Roberts received his B.A. degree in English from Stanford University. Mr. Roberts was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

Edward J. Tobin.    Mr. Tobin has served on our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Tobin has served as Managing Director of the Manager since January 2014. From 1997 until November 2014, Mr. Tobin was a Director of Global Emerging Markets North America, Inc., where he managed Special Situations and Venture investing. In this role, he oversaw structured finance transactions in industries such as clean tech, media, telecommunications, manufacturing, real estate and life sciences. Prior to that, Mr. Tobin was Managing Director of Lincklaen Partners, a private family investment office. Previously, he had been a portfolio manager with Neuberger and Berman and a Vice President of Nordberg Capital, Inc. Mr. Tobin received his MBA from the Wharton School, as well as a Master of Science in Engineering and a Bachelor of Science in Economics (cum laude) from the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Tobin was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

Ellette A. Anderson.    Ms. Anderson will become a director on the closing date of this offering. In 2013, Ms. Anderson founded Griffin Archer LLC, a full-service advertising agency that offers a comprehensive range of services addressing both the traditional and digital marking aspects of business. As the Chief Executive Officer of Griffin Archer, Ms. Anderson is responsible for overseeing new business acquisitions, strategic planning, and creative direction for their entire client portfolio. From April 2004 to August 2013, she served as a Writer and Associate Creative Director at Carmichael Lynch Advertising in Minneapolis where she received multiple industry awards for her creative work on some of the world’s most iconic brands. She holds a B.A. degree in English Literature from the University of Kansas. Ms. Anderson was selected to serve on our board of directors due to her deep experience in the advertising and marketing industry.

Clark R. Crosnoe.    Mr. Crosnoe will become a director on the closing date of this offering. In 2009, Mr. Crosnoe founded CRC Capital LLC, a registered investment advisor and manager of the CRC Investment Fund LP, a private investment partnership focused on publicly-traded equity securities. As managing member of CRC Capital LLC, Mr. Crosnoe is responsible for strategy, oversight and the day-to-day investment decisions of the fund. The portfolio typically includes investments in the consumer, financial, healthcare, industrial and energy sectors. In 1999, Mr. Crosnoe was a founding employee of Parallel Investment Partners where he was named partner in 2003. As a partner, he was responsible for sourcing, evaluating, structuring, executing and monitoring investments, and also dedicated a substantial portion of his time to marketing activities for the firm. Mr. Crosnoe began his career in investment banking at Wasserstein Perella & Co. and also gained valuable experience at multi-billion dollar hedge fund HBK Investments. Mr. Crosnoe holds undergraduate degrees from the University of Texas at Austin and earned an MBA from Harvard Business School in 1996. He was selected to serve on our board due to his approximately 22 years of private and public investment and advisory experience.

Paul A. Froning.    Mr. Froning will become a director on the closing date of this offering. He has served on the board of directors of 1847 Holdings since April 2013. In 2009, Mr. Froning co-founded Focus Healthcare Partners LLC, a Chicago-based private equity investment, advisory and asset management firm targeting the senior housing and healthcare sectors. Prior to that, from February 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Froning was a Managing Director in the private equity department of Fortress Investment Group LLC (NYSE: FIG), a publicly-traded New York-based private investment firm. Prior to that, Mr. Froning was the Chief Investment Officer and Executive Vice President of Brookdale Senior Living Inc. (NYSE: BKD), a publicly-traded affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, from 2005 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Froning held senior investment positions at the private equity investment arms of Lazard Group LLC (NYSE: LAZ) and Security Capital Group, prior to its acquisition by GE Capital Corp., in addition to investment banking experience at Salomon Brothers, prior to its acquisition by Travelers Group, and the securities subsidiary of Principal Financial Group (NYSE: PSG). Mr. Froning has a B.A. degree from the University of Notre Dame. Mr. Froning was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his twenty years of private equity, investment and advisory experience.

76

Glyn C. Milburn.    Mr. Milburn will become a director on the closing date of this offering. Since February 2016, Mr. Milburn has served as a Partner at Jimmy Blackman & Associates, a full-service Government and Public Affairs firm, where he is responsible for business strategy, client management, communications and campaign management for a client portfolio comprised of large public safety labor unions, banking/finance companies, and hotel operators across the State of California. From April 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Milburn served as a Special Assistant in the City of Los Angeles where he held two positions in the City of Los Angeles, one in the Office of Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti’s Office of Economic Development and another in the Office of Los Angeles Councilman Dennis Zine. From August 2012 to March 2013, Mr. Milburn co-Founded Provident Investment Advisors LLC, a special investment vehicle for energy, technology and healthcare ventures, where he served as Managing Member. Mr. Milburn holds a B.A. degree in Public Policy from Stanford University. Mr. Milburn was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his valuable background in policy development, regulatory and strategic planning experience.

Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There is no arrangement or understanding between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee or officer.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, except as described below, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

•        been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

•        had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

•        been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

•        been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

•        been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

77

Corporate Governance

Governance Structure

We chose to appoint a separate Chairman of the Board who is not our Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors has made this decision based on their belief that an independent Chairman of the Board can act as a balance to the Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as a non-independent director.

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The board of directors oversees that the assets of our company are properly safeguarded, that the appropriate financial and other controls are maintained, and that our business is conducted wisely and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and proper governance. Included in these responsibilities is the board’s oversight of the various risks facing our company. In this regard, our board seeks to understand and oversee critical business risks. Our board does not view risk in isolation. Risks are considered in virtually every business decision and as part of our business strategy. Our board recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk. Indeed, purposeful and appropriate risk-taking is essential for our company to be competitive on a global basis and to achieve its objectives.

While the board oversees risk management, company management is charged with managing risk. Management communicates routinely with the board and individual directors on the significant risks identified and how they are being managed. Directors are free to, and indeed often do, communicate directly with senior management.

Our board administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration. Once the board establishes committees, it is anticipated that much of the work will be delegated to such committees, which will meet regularly and report back to the full board. It is anticipated that the audit committee will oversee risks related to our financial statements, the financial reporting process, accounting and legal matters, that the compensation committee will evaluate the risks and rewards associated with our compensation philosophy and programs, and that the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate risk associated with management decisions and strategic direction.

Independent Directors

[NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. Our board of directors currently consists of three (3) directors, Douglas T. Moore, Ellery W. Roberts and Edward J. Tobin, none of whom are independent within the meaning of the [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules. We have entered into independent director agreements with Ellette A. Anderson, Clark R. Crosnoe, Paul A. Froning and Glyn C. Milburn, pursuant to which they have been appointed to serve as independent directors effective as of the closing date of this offering. As a result of these appointments, we anticipate that our board of directors upon closing of this offering will consist of seven (7) directors, four (4) of whom will be independent within the meaning of the [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board intends to establish an audit committee, a compensation and nominating and corporate governance committee, each with its own charter to be approved by the board. Upon completion of this offering, we intend to make each committee’s charter available on our website at www.goedekers.com.

Until such committees are established, our entire board of directors will undertake the functions that would otherwise be undertaken by the committees. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

78

Audit Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our audit committee, with Mr. Froning serving as the chairman. We expect that Messrs. Froning and Crosnoe will qualify as “audit committee financial experts.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company.

It is expected that the audit committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; (ii) assisting the board in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) reviewing and approving the plan and scope of the internal and external audit; (iv) pre-approving any audit and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; (v) approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; (vi) reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; (vii) reviewing hedging transactions; and (viii) reviewing and assessing annually the audit committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Compensation Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Ellette A. Anderson, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our compensation committee, with Mr. Crosnoe serving as the chairman. The members of the compensation committee will also be “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers.

It is expected that the compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of our executive officers; (ii) determining the compensation of our independent directors; (iii) making recommendations to the board regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans, policies and programs; and (iv) reviewing and assessing annually the compensation committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We expect that Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and [NYSE American/Nasdaq]’s rules, will serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, with Mr. Milburn serving as the chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees.

It is expected that the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) recommending the number of directors to comprise our board; (ii) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the board and soliciting recommendations for director nominees from the chairman and chief executive officer of our company; (iii) recommending to the board the director nominees for each annual stockholders’ meeting; (iv) recommending to the board the candidates for filling vacancies that may occur between annual stockholders’ meetings; (v) reviewing independent director compensation and board processes, self-evaluations and policies; (vi) reviewing and approving related party transactions; (vii) overseeing compliance with our code of ethics; and (viii) monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance.

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s methods for identifying candidates for election to our board of directors (other than those proposed by our stockholders, as discussed below) will include the solicitation of ideas for possible candidates from a number of sources — members of our board of directors, our executives, individuals personally known to the members of our board of directors, and other research. The nominating and corporate governance committee may also, from time-to-time, retain one or more third-party search firms to identify suitable candidates.

79

In making director recommendations, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider some or all of the following factors: (i) the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight; (ii) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other board members; (iii) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the board and any committee thereof; (iv) whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence; and (v) the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of our company, taking into account the needs of our company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

A stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting of stockholders if the stockholder complies with the notice and information provisions contained in our bylaws. Such notice must be in writing to our company not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders or as otherwise required by requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, stockholders furnishing such notice must be a holder of record on both (i) the date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, and reporting of violations of the code.

We are required to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to use our website as a method of disseminating this disclosure, as permitted by applicable SEC rules. Any such disclosure will be posted to our website within four (4) business days following the date of any such amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics.

80

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table — Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

All Other Compensation ($)

 

Total
($)

Douglas T. Moore,

 

2019

 

133,727

 

35,000

 

9,465

 

178,192

Chief Executive Officer(1)

 

2018

 

 

 

 

Michael Goedeker,

 

2019

 

167,709

 

 

3,396

 

171,105

former President and Chief Operating Officer(2)

 

2018

 

150,000

 

 

 

150,000

Ellery W. Roberts,

 

2019

 

 

 

 

former Chief Executive Officer(3)

 

2018

 

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Douglas T. Moore was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on August 15, 2019. The amounts included in “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Moore include reimbursement for accommodations in the amount of $6,955, reimbursement for airline tickets in the amount of $1,640, and reimbursement for car rental expenses in the amount of $870.

(2)      Mr. Goedeker served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 5, 2019 to March 2, 2020. The compensation in the table above includes the compensation that Mr. Goedeker received from our predecessor company, Goedeker Television, prior to our acquisition on April 5, 2019. The amounts included in “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Goedeker include his automobile allowance.

(3)      Mr. Roberts served as our Chief Executive Officer from our inception on January 10, 2019 to April 5, 2019.

Employment Agreements

On August 15, 2019, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Moore setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Executive Officer of our company. On April 21, 2020 we amended the employment letter agreement. This amendment will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, as amended, Mr. Moore is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 100% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives. We also agreed to grant to Mr. Moore an option to purchase 175,438 (post-split) shares of our common stock immediately following the closing of this offering with an exercise price equal to the public offering price per share paid in this offering. Vesting of the options will occur annually over a 4-year period in increments of 25% per year beginning on August 15, 2020. Mr. Moore also received or will receive relocation compensation, including a signing bonus of $35,000, reimbursement of living and accommodations in the St. Louis area for up to six months, car rental expenses for up to two months, and reimbursement of once monthly round trip airline tickets to St. Louis for either Mr. Moore or his spouse until April 2020. Mr. Moore is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Moore’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Moore may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Moore’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Moore from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

On April 21, 2020, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Financial Officer of our company. This employment letter agreement will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, Mr. Barry is entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives. Mr. Barry is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit

81

plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Barry’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Barry may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Barry’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Barry from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

On April 5, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael Goedeker setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as President and Chief Operating Officer of our company. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Goedeker was entitled to an annual base salary of $175,000 and an annual incentive bonus to the extent that we achieved certain annual EBITDA objectives. Mr. Goedeker was also entitled an automobile allowance not to exceed $500 per month and to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. The term of the employment agreement was for three years and could be terminated by us for any reason upon thirty (30) days’ notice. On March 2, 2020, we terminated the employment agreement without cause. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Goedeker is entitled to severance, including: (i) base salary for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement, (ii) benefits under group health and life insurance plans in which he participated prior to termination for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement, (iii) all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits under employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under any pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs, and (iv) so long as we achieve our budgeted EBITDA level for the period commencing with the end of our immediately previous fiscal year through the termination date, an amount equal to the product of the bonus paid in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year, times the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of full calendar months occurring since the end of the immediately previous fiscal year through the termination date, by (y) 12. Since we did not achieve our budgeted EBITDA level for 2019, no bonus was paid. The employment agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Goedeker from owning or operating a business that competes with our company or soliciting our customers or employees for the remainder of the term of the employment agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

No executive officer named above had any unexercised options, stock that has not vested or equity incentive plan awards outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

Director Compensation

No member of our board of directors received any compensation for his services as a director during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, nor do they currently receive any compensation for such services.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to establish a 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to grant restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 500,000 (post-split) shares. Cancelled and forfeited stock options and stock awards may again become available for grant under the Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, all shares remain available for issuance under the Plan.

The following summary briefly describes the principal features of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.

Awards that may be granted include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards. These awards offer our officers, employees, consultants and directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our Common Stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company.

82

Stock options give the option holder the right to acquire from us a designated number of shares of Common Stock at a purchase price that is fixed upon the grant of the option. The exercise price will not be less than the market price of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted may be either tax-qualified stock options (so-called “incentive stock options”) or non-qualified stock options.

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which may be granted alone or in tandem with options, have an economic value similar to that of options. When a SAR for a particular number of shares is exercised, the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the market price of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares under the SAR. Again, the exercise price for SARs normally is the market price of the shares on the date the SAR is granted. Under the Plan, holders of SARs may receive this payment — the appreciation value — either in cash or shares of Common Stock valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise. The form of payment will be determined by us.

Restricted shares are shares of Common Stock awarded to participants at no cost. Restricted shares can take the form of awards of restricted stock, which represent issued and outstanding shares of our Common Stock subject to vesting criteria, or restricted stock units, which represent the right to receive shares of our Common Stock subject to satisfaction of the vesting criteria. Restricted shares are forfeitable and non-transferable until the shares vest. The vesting date or dates and other conditions for vesting are established when the shares are awarded.

The Plan also provides for performance compensation awards, representing the right to receive a payment, which may be in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established goals.

All of the permissible types of awards under the Plan are described in more detail as follows:

Purposes of Plan:    The purposes of the Plan are to attract and retain officers, employees and directors for our company and its subsidiaries; motivate them by means of appropriate incentives to achieve long-range goals; provide incentive compensation opportunities; and further align their interests with those of our stockholders through compensation that is based on our Common Stock.

Administration of the Plan:    The Plan is currently administered by our board of directors and will be administered by our compensation committee once it is established (which we refer to as the administrator). Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of awards. The administrator has authority to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.

Eligible Recipients:    Persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan will be those officers, employees, consultants, and directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.

Shares Available Under the Plan:    The maximum number of shares of our Common Stock that may be delivered to participants under the Plan is 500,000, subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. Shares subject to an award under the Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the Plan.

Stock Options:

General.    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.

83

Option Price.    The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

Exercise of Options.    An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of Common Stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.

Expiration or Termination.    Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, such term cannot exceed ten years provided that in the case of holders of more than 10% of our voting stock, such term cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with our company or a subsidiary terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of employment, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.

Incentive and Non-Qualified Options.    As described elsewhere in this summary, an incentive stock option is an option that is intended to qualify under certain provisions of the Code, for more favorable tax treatment than applies to non-qualified stock options. Any option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option will be a non-qualified stock option. Under the Code, certain restrictions apply to incentive stock options. For example, the exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date and the term of the option may not exceed ten years. In addition, an incentive stock option may not be transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder. In addition, no incentive stock options may be granted to a holder that is first exercisable in a single year if that option, together with all incentive stock options previously granted to the holder that also first become exercisable in that year, relate to shares having an aggregate market value in excess of $100,000, measured at the grant date.

Stock Appreciation Rights:    Awards of SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with stock options. SARs provide the holder with the right, upon exercise, to receive a payment, in cash or shares of stock, having a value equal to the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the shares covered by the award over the exercise price of those shares. Essentially, a holder of a SAR benefits when the market price of the Common Stock increases, to the same extent that the holder of an option does, but, unlike an option holder, the SAR holder need not pay an exercise price upon exercise of the award.

Stock Awards:    Stock awards can also be granted under the Plan. A stock award is a grant of shares of Common Stock or of a right to receive shares in the future. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.

Cash Awards:    A cash award is an award that may be in the form of cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established performance goals and other conditions, restrictions and contingencies identified by the administrator.

Section 162(m) of the Code:    Section 162(m) of the Code limits publicly-held companies to an annual deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1.0 million for compensation paid to each of their chief executive officer and their three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) determined at the end of each year, referred to as covered employees.

Performance Criteria:    Under the Plan, one or more performance criteria will be used by the administrator in establishing performance goals. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of our company, as the administrator may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the administrator deems appropriate. In determining the actual size of an individual performance compensation award, the administrator

84

may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The administrator shall not have the discretion to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards if the performance goals have not been attained or (ii) increase a performance compensation award above the maximum amount payable under the Plan.

Other Material Provisions:    Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. Our board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by law or the rules of an applicable exchange, increase the number of shares available under the Plan, change the persons eligible for awards under the Plan, extend the time within which awards may be made, or amend the provisions of the Plan related to amendments. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.

85

CURRENT RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Persons

The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of our 2018 fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under “Executive Compensation” above). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

•        On April 5, 2019, we entered into an offsetting management services agreement with the Manager, which is owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman. On April 21, 2020, we entered into an amendment to this agreement. Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, we expensed $183,790 in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $62,500 for the three months ended March 31, 2020. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Contractual Obligations” for a description of this agreement. See also “Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — Certain of our directors, officers and management could be in a position of conflict of interest.”

•        As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Manager had funded $55,166 and $33,738, respectively, to us in related party advances. These advances are unsecured, bear no interest, and do not have formal repayment terms or arrangements.

•        On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares to Leonite in order to induce Leonite to extend credit to our company. The common shares were valued at $137,500.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Each of Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman and Robert D. Barry, our Chief Financial Officer, may be deemed a “promoter” as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act. For information regarding compensation, including items of value, that have been provided or that may be provided to these individuals, please refer to “Executive Compensation” above. 

Parent Company

As of the date of this prospectus, 1847 Holdco holds 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

86

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock (post-split) as of [            ], 2020 for (i) each of our named executive officers and directors; (ii) all of our named executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) each other stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. The following table assumes that the underwriters have not exercised the over-allotment option.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of [            ], 2020. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of [            ], 2020 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o our company, 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011.

 

Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
(1)

 

Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
(2)

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

Douglas T. Moore,
Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

0

 

 

*

 

 

0

 

 

*

 

Robert D. Barry,
Chief Financial Officer

 

3,166,666

(3)

 

100

%

 

0

 

 

*

 

Ellery W. Roberts,
Chairman of the Board

 

3,166,666

(3)

 

100

%

 

2,216,666

(4)

 

51.15

%

Edward J. Tobin,
Director

 

0

 

 

*

 

 

0

 

 

*

 

All executive officers and directors (4 persons)

 

3,166,666

(3)

 

100

%

 

2,216,666

(4)

 

51.15

%

Mike Goedeker(5)

 

0

 

 

*

 

 

356,250

 

 

8.22

%

Steve Goedeker(6)

 

0

 

 

*

 

 

356,250

 

 

8.22

%

Avi Geller(7)

 

0

 

 

*

 

 

237,500

 

 

5.48

%

____________

*        Less than 1%

(1)      Based on 3,166,666 (post-split) shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of [            ], 2020.

(2)      Based on 4,166,666 (post-split) shares of common stock issued and outstanding after this offering. Also reflects the distribution of all shares of common stock held by 1847 Holdco to its stockholders. 1847 Holdco and such stockholders have entered into an agreement whereby they have agreed to such distribution effective upon closing of this offering.

(3)      Represents shares of common stock held by 1847 Holdco prior to this offering. Messrs. Barry and Roberts are the directors of 1847 Holdco and share voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Messrs. Barry and Roberts disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(4)      Represents shares of common stock held by 1847 Holdings after this offering. Mr. Roberts is the Chief Executive Officer of 1847 Holdings and has voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Mr. Roberts disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(5)      The address of Mike Goedeker is 10511 Windswept Drive, St. Louis, MO 63128.

(6)      The address of Steve Goedeker is 9013 Pilot Avenue, Afton, MO 63123.

(7)      Represents shares of common stock held by Leontie. Avi Geller is the Chief Investment Officer of Leonite and has voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Mr. Geller disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Leonite except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares. The address of Leonite is 1 Hillcrest Center Dr, Suite 232, Spring Valley, NY 10977.

We do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our company.

87

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 5,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we plan to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to (i) increase our authorized common stock from 5,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, (ii) authorize 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock and (iii) change the par value of our capital stock from $0.001 to $0.0001.

The following description summarizes important terms of the classes of our capital stock following the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 1,000 shares (3,166,666 post-split) of common stock and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights.    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights.    Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation Rights.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Other Rights.    Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights (including the number of votes per share), redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting the series. Our board of directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and which could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Warrants

On April 5, 2019, we issued a ten-year warrant to SBCC. The warrant is exercisable for shares of our most senior capital stock equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis, including all vested and unvested equity grants, for an aggregate exercise price equal to $100. The warrant contains a put right, whereby

88

at any time during the period commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the maturity date of the SBCC loan (April 5, 2023), (ii) the date on which the obligations under the SBCC loan become due and payable by acceleration, (iii) repayment in full of the borrowings under, or retirement or termination of, the SBCC loan, and (iv) a sale of the company (as defined in the warrant), SBCC shall have the right to require us to repurchase the warrant and the shares underlying the warrant for an amount equal to (x) the product of (i) the fair market value (as defined in the warrant) of the equity of our company multiplied by (ii) the number of shares represented by the warrant at the time of exercise of such put right minus (y) the exercise price ($100) plus (z) any amount payable upon repurchase of the warrant. On June 2, 2020, we and SBCC entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which SBCC agreed that it will exercise its warrant for 166,667 shares of common stock immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, there will be up to 57,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. See “Underwriting — Representative’s Warrants” below for a description of the representative’s warrants.

Options

We have agreed to issue an option for the purchase of 175,438 shares of common stock Douglas T. Moore, our Chief Executive Officer, immediately following the closing of this offering. The option will have an exercise price equal to the price per share at which our common stock is being sold in this offering.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Charter Provisions

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, except under certain circumstances, with an interested stockholder.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of our company or changing our board of directors and management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock without further stockholder approval. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the board of directors without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of such common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it more costly to acquire or effect a change-in-control, which in turn could prevent our stockholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our bylaws permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our bylaws provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders without cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than the majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates

89

or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We are in the process of appointing VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, telephone 212-828-8436, as the transfer agent for our common stock.

90

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the conversion of convertible notes, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, we will have 4,333,333 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, we will have 4,483,333 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

Previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least twelve months, or at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

•        1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until ninety (90) days after the date of this prospectus before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and all of our stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of (i) 180 days after the closing of this offering in the case of our company, (ii) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers, and (iii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders. See “Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements.”

91

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock that is being issued pursuant to this offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder’s particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this prospectus. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal income or estate tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

As used in this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•        an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

•        an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock that are applicable to them.

This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks, securities or currencies, U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

•        a Non-U.S. Holder holding our common stock as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

92

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

•        a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including stockholders of a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our common stock.

Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our common stock subject to the tax treatment described below in “— Dispositions of Our Common Stock.”

Distributions on our common stock that are treated as dividends and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons. An exception may apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for, and properly claims, the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. In such case, the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will not be subject to the U.S. withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. The amount of taxable earnings and profits is generally reduced by amounts reinvested in the operations of the U.S. trade or business and increased by any decline in its equity.

The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

93

Dispositions of Our Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including U.S. withholding tax) on gain recognized on any sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•        the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

•        the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even if the Non-U.S. Holder is not treated as a resident of the United States under the Code; or

•        we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our common stock.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (as provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “— Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “— FATCA Withholding.”

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock that is owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person or is otherwise entitled to an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS (and to such Non-U.S. Holder) payments of dividends on our

94

common stock and the amount of U.S. federal income tax, if any, withheld from those payments. In accordance with applicable treaties or agreements, the IRS may provide copies of such information returns to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides.

The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to U.S. backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our common stock outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the U.S. backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting, but not U.S. backup withholding, will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S.-source dividends (including dividends paid on our common stock) and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition after December 31, 2018 of property that produces U.S.-source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our common stock). This withholding tax applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity complies with (i) certain information reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners and (ii) certain withholding obligations regarding certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its common stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

95

UNDERWRITING

ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., is the representative for the several underwriters of this offering, or the representative. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated [            ], 2020 with the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriters

 

Number of Shares

ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

   
   

 

Total

 

1,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all shares offered by us other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any are purchased. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, the underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by us in this prospectus are subject to various representations and warranties and other customary conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the representative of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of 150,000 additional shares of common stock (equal to 15% of the common stock sold in this offering) at the public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then the underwriters will be committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of common stock.

Discounts, Commissions and Reimbursement

The underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $[            ] per share of which up to $[            ] per share may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial offering to the public, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable underwriters’ expense allowance and proceeds, before expenses, to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

     

Total

   

Per Share

 

Offering without Over-Allotment Option

 

Offering with Over-Allotment Option

Public offering price

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Underwriting discounts and commissions (7.5%)

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Non-accountable expense allowance (1%)(1)

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

            

 

$

            

 

$

            

____________

(1)      The non-accountable expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

96

We have paid an expense deposit of $40,000 to (or on behalf of) the underwriters, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C). We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriters equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering.

In addition, we have also agreed to reimburse certain expenses of the underwriters relating to this offering as set forth in the underwriting agreement, including the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel which shall not exceed $125,000.

We estimate the expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts, commissions and expense allowance, will be approximately $388,370.

Representative’s Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the representative warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal in the aggregate to 5% of the total shares sold in this public offering. The warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The representative, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will the representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the warrants may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in this offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the warrants and the shares of common stock underlying such warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.

Right of First Refusal

Until eighteen (18) months from the closing of this offering, the representative shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, sole financial advisor, sole underwriter and/or sole placement agent, at the representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity offerings for our company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of our company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary to the representative. The representative shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. The representative will not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any such transaction.

Discretionary Accounts

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

97

Lock-Up Agreements

We agreed that for a period of 180 days after the closing of this offering we will not, without the prior written consent of the representative and subject to certain exceptions, directly or indirectly:

•        offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock;

•        file or caused to be filed any registration statement with SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our capital or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock;

•        complete any offering of our debt securities, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our capital stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In addition, each of our directors, officers and stockholders have agreed that for a period of (i) 12 months after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our stockholders, without the prior written consent of the representative and subject to certain exceptions, they will not directly or indirectly:

•        offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

•        make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

•        publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities to selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

98

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares while this offering is in progress.

Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters are not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which it may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

Penalty bids permit an underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares of common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on [NYSE American/Nasdaq] in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the securities and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they may in the future receive customary fees.

Offer Restrictions Outside The United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

99

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

China

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

European Economic Area — Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC, or the Prospectus Directive, as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area, or a Relevant Member State, from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

•        to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

•        to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);

•        to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of our company or any underwriter for any such offer; or

•        in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

France

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers, or AMF. The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

100

This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

Ireland

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005, or the Prospectus Regulations. The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

Israel

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority, or the ISA, nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with this offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

Italy

The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societ-$$-Aga e la Borsa), or CONSOB, pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, or Decree No. 58, other than:

•        to Italian qualified investors, or Qualified Investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999, or Regulation no. 1197l, as amended; and

•        in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

•        made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No.58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and

•        in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

101

Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended, or the FIEL, pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

Portugal

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissăo do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

Sweden

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority.

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

102

United Arab Emirates

Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

United Kingdom

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or FSMA) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005, or FPO, (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

103

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Bevilacqua PLLC, Washington, DC. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of our company appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

As of the date of this prospectus, Louis A. Bevilacqua, the managing member of our legal counsel, Bevilacqua PLLC, beneficially owns approximately 10% of the outstanding common shares of 1847 Holdings and indirectly owns approximately 10% of the Manager, which equity securities were received as partial consideration for legal services previously provided to 1847 Holdings and the Manager.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits included with the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, Room 1580, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website address is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We also anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

104

F-1

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

F-2

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

 

March 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

   

(unaudited)

   

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

247,668

 

 

$

64,470

 

Receivables

 

 

1,455,912

 

 

 

1,862,086

 

Deposits with vendors

 

 

294,960

 

 

 

294,960

 

Merchandise inventory, net

 

 

1,069,459

 

 

 

1,380,090

 

Other assets

 

 

907,484

 

 

 

892,796

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

3,975,483

 

 

 

4,494,402

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

174,647

 

 

 

185,606

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

1,897,610

 

 

 

2,000,755

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,097,752

 

 

 

4,976,016

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,797,962

 

 

 

1,878,844

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

1,133,303

 

 

 

698,303

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

45,000

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

14,121,757

 

 

$

14,278,926

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

2,930,488

 

 

$

2,465,220

 

Customer deposits

 

 

5,434,784

 

 

 

4,164,296

 

Advances, related party

 

 

192,666

 

 

 

137,500

 

Lines of credit

 

 

579,355

 

 

 

1,250,930

 

Current portion of notes payable, related parties

 

 

1,261,428

 

 

 

1,068,075

 

Notes payable

 

 

940,123

 

 

 

999,200

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

710,288

 

 

 

584,943

 

Warrant liability

 

 

122,344

 

 

 

122,344

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

375,885

 

 

 

422,520

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

12,457,291

 

 

 

11,215,028

 

Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,084,567

 

 

 

2,232,369

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,521,725

 

 

 

1,578,235

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

49,248

 

 

 

49,248

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

16,202,831

 

 

 

15,074,880

 

Stockholder’s Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,272,195

 

 

 

1,272,195

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(3,353,270

)

 

 

(2,068,150

)

Total Stockholder’s Deficit

 

 

(2,081,074

)

 

 

(795,954

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT

 

$

14,121,757

 

 

$

14,278,926

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020

     

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019

Product sales, net

 

$

9,677,178

 

     

$

11,947,046

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

8,111,170

 

     

 

10,269,656

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,566,008

 

     

 

1,677,390

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Personnel

 

 

1,311,484

 

     

 

882,721

 

Advertising

 

 

666,436

 

     

 

600,799

 

Bank and credit card fees

 

 

244,740

 

     

 

257,117

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

91,841

 

     

 

9,674

 

General and administrative

 

 

566,640

 

     

 

416,448

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

2,881,141

 

     

 

2,166,759

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(1,315,133

)

     

 

(489,369

)

Other Income (Expense)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Financing costs

 

 

(194,682

)

     

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(212,688

)

     

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

2,383

 

     

 

30,847

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

 

 

(404,987

)

     

 

30,847

 

NET LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(1,720,120

)

     

 

(458,522

)

INCOME TAX BENEFIT

 

 

(435,000

)

     

 

 

NET LOSS

 

$

(1,285,120

)

     

$

(458,227

)

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$

(1,285.12

)

     

$

(65.50

)

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED

 

 

1,000

 

     

 

7,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (PREDECESSOR)
(UNAUDITED)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, January 1, 2019

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,684,628

 

 

$

3,398,677

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(458,522

)

 

 

(458,522

)

Balance, March 31, 2019

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,226,106

 

 

$

2,940,155

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT (SUCCESSOR)
(UNAUDITED)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, January 1, 2020

 

1,000

 

$

1

 

$

1,272,195

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

$

(795,954

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,285,120

)

 

 

(1,285,120

)

Balance, March 31, 2020

 

1,000

 

$

1

 

$

1,272,195

 

$

(3,353,270

)

 

$

(2,081,074

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020

     

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2019

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(1,285,120

)

     

$

(458,522

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

91,841

 

     

 

9,674

 

Amortization of debt discounts

 

 

209,132

 

     

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

290,707

 

     

 

1,349,421

 

Deposits with vendors

 

 

 

     

 

(73,771

)

Merchandise inventory

 

 

310,631

 

     

 

562,479

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(14,687

)

     

 

2,784

 

Change in operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

103,145

 

     

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

(435,000

)

     

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

520,364

 

     

 

(414,733

)

Customer deposits

 

 

1,270,488

 

     

 

(979,562

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(103,145

)

     

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

958,356

 

     

 

(2,230

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Repayment on notes payable

 

 

(93,750

)

     

 

 

Net payments on lines of credit

 

 

(681,408

)

     

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(775,158

)

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

183,198

 

     

 

(2,230

)

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

64,470

 

     

 

1,525,693

 

CASH, END OF PERIOD

 

$

247,668

 

     

$

1,523,463

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

92,398

 

     

$

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

 

     

$

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Adjustment to fair value of goodwill based on final purchase price
allocation

 

$

121,736

 

     

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring the business of Goedeker Television Co. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), which was formed in State of Delaware on March 20, 2019. Neither the Company nor Holdco had any operations other than operations relating to their incorporation and organization prior to the acquisition of the business of Goedeker Television Co.

On April 5, 2019, the Company executed an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television Co., a Missouri corporation (“Goedeker”), pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of Goedeker. Holdco is a majority owned (70 percent) subsidiary of 1847 Holdings LLC (“1847 Holdings”). The sellers of Goedeker collectively own 22.5 percent of Holdco and the balance, 7.5 percent, is owned by Leonite Capital LLC, a lender involved with financing the acquisition of the Goedeker by the Company.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and are presented in US dollars.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three months March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020.

These unaudited interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Accounting Basis

The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting and GAAP. The Company has adopted a calendar year end.

Predecessor and Successor Reporting

The acquisition of Goedeker as described in Note 1 was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with GAAP. For the purpose of financial reporting, Goedeker was deemed to be the predecessor company and the Company is deemed to be the successor company in accordance with the rules and regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The assets and liabilities of Goedeker were recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value adjustments related to the transaction are reflected in the books of the Company, resulting in assets and liabilities of the Company being recorded at fair value at April 6, 2019. Therefore, the Company’s financial information prior to the transaction is not comparable to its financial information subsequent to the transaction.

As a result of the impact of pushdown accounting, the financial statements and certain note presentations separate the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the period before the consummation of the transaction (labeled “Predecessor”) and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”), to indicate the application of a different basis of accounting between the periods presented.

F-8

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with the original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. The Company’s adoption of this ASU resulted in no change to the Company’s results of operations or balance sheet.

The Company collects the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed. The Company does not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if the Company did, because all the Company’s contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

The revenue that the Company recognizes arises from orders it receives from customers. The Company’s performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that it makes to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed. Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, the Company’s products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The transfer of control generally occurs at the point of shipment. Once this occurs, the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the Company recognizes revenue. For drop shipments, the Company is determined to be the principal as it bears a risk of loss and can change shipping instructions in transit, it handles any customer complaints or returns related to drop shipments, and it takes legal title to the product between shipment and delivery. Revenue from the sale of long-term service warranties are recognized net of costs to sell the contracts to the third-party warranty service company.

The Company’s performance obligations include shipment of products and, in some instances, performance of services such as installation. Revenue for the sale of merchandise without installation is recognized upon shipment to the customer; revenue for the sale of merchandise including installation is recognized upon delivery and installation of the product which typically occur simultaneously. Allowances for sales returns are estimated and recorded based on prior returns history, recent trends, and projections for returns on sales in the current period.

The Company agrees with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In the Company’s contracts with customers, it allocates the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax the Company collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

F-9

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

If the Company continued to apply legacy revenue recognition guidance for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, revenues, gross margin, and net loss would not have changed.

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of shipping merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

Substantially all the Company’s sales are to individual retail consumers.

Shipping and Handling — The Company bills its customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

Disaggregated Revenue — The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by contract type, as it believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

The Company’s disaggregated revenue by sales type for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

March 31,
2020

     

March 31,
2019

Appliance sales

 

$

7,802,104

     

$

9,072,939

Furniture sales

 

 

1,281,836

     

 

2,292,493

Other sales

 

 

593.238

     

 

581,614

Total

 

$

9,677,178

     

$

11,947,046

Receivables

Receivables consist of credit card transactions in the process of settlement. Vendor rebates receivable represent amounts due from manufactures from whom the Company purchases products. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on the Company’s assessment of the credit history with its manufacturers, it has concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company historically collects substantially all of its outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the low-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. The Company periodically evaluates the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on its estimate of market conditions. Reserves for slow-moving and potentially obsolete inventories was $425,000 as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the

F-10

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

Category

 

Useful Life
(Years)

Machinery and equipment

 

5

Office equipment

 

5

Vehicles

 

5

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired identifiable intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Acquired Intangible Asset

 

Amortization
Basis

 

Expected Life
(Years)

Customer related

 

Straight-line

 

15

Marketing related

 

Straight-line

 

5

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management at least annually. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. A fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined in the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

F-11

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Derivative Instrument Liability

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument (see Note 10).

Income Taxes

Under the Company’s accounting policies, the Company initially recognizes a tax position in its financial statements when it becomes more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax positions that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authorities assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Although the Company believes its provisions for unrecognized tax positions are reasonable, the Company can make no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which the Company has reflected in its income tax provisions and accruals. The tax law is subject to varied interpretations, and the Company has taken positions related to certain matters where the law is subject to interpretation. Such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s income tax provisions and operating results in the period(s) in which the Company makes such determination.

Basic Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net loss applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is the basic weighted number of shares adjusted for any potentially dilutive debt or equity. As the Company had a net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2020, the following 895,565 potentially dilutive securities were excluded from diluted loss per share: 200,000 for outstanding warrants and 695,565 related to the convertible note payable and accrued interest. There are no such common share equivalents outstanding as of March 31, 2019.

Going Concern Assessment

Management assesses going concern uncertainty in the Company’s financial statements to determine whether there is sufficient cash on hand and working capital, including available borrowings on loans, to operate for a period of at least one year from the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued, which is referred to as the “look-forward period”, as defined in GAAP. As part of this assessment, based on conditions that are known and reasonably knowable to management, management will consider various scenarios, forecasts, projections, estimates and will make certain key assumptions, including the timing and nature of projected cash expenditures or programs, its ability to delay or curtail expenditures or programs and its ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, among other factors. Based on this assessment, as necessary or applicable, management makes certain assumptions around implementing curtailments or delays in the nature and timing of programs and expenditures to the extent it deems probable those implementations can be achieved and management has the proper authority to execute them within the look-forward period.

F-12

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company has generated losses since its acquisition and has relied on cash on hand, external bank lines of credit, issuance of third party and related party debt and the sale of a note to support cashflow from operations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company incurred operating losses of $1,285,120, cash flows from operations of $958,356 and negative working capital of $8,571,808. Management believes the Company is owed $809,000 related to a working capital adjustment, which is recorded in other assets on the balance sheet and which is being disputed by Goedeker. This matter is being pursued through a legal process (See Note 8).

Management has prepared estimates of operations for fiscal year 2020 and believes that sufficient funds will be generated from operations to fund its operations, and to service its debt obligations for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in the Company’s Form S-1 indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern.

The impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business has been considered in these assumptions; however, it is too early to know the full impact of COVID-19 or its timing on a return to more normal operations. Further, the recently enacted stimulus bill provides for economic assistance loans through the United States Small Business Administration. On April 9, 2020, the Company received a $642,600 Payroll Protection Program (the “PPP”) loan from the United States Small Business Administration (the “SBA”) under provisions of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The CARES Act provides that all or a portion of the PPP loan may be forgiven. The terms of such forgiveness and repayment terms for the portion, if any, that is not forgiven have not been announced by the SBA.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which the Company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.

Management believes that based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable that its forecasts, for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in this registration statement, indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern. The Company has contingency plans to reduce or defer expenses and cash outlays should operations not improve in the look forward period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of the Company’s lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s statements of income or cash flows. See Note 13 for the required disclosures relating to the Company’s lease agreements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard,

F-13

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017. ASU 2018-02 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and resulted in a decrease of approximately $748,000 to retained earnings due to the reclassification from AOCI of the effect of the corporate income tax rate change on our cash flow hedges. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company will modify its disclosures beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to conform to this guidance. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard and the associated changes to its disclosures to have a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019.

F-14

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

This pronouncement was amended under ASU 2019-10 to allow an extension on the adoption date for entities that qualify as a small reporting company. The Company has elected this extension and the effective date for the Company to adopt this standard will be for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not completed its assessment of the standard, but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The Company currently believes that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to the Company’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform with classifications adopted in the period ended March 31, 2020. Such reclassifications had no effect on net earnings or financial position.

NOTE 3 — RECEIVABLES

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, receivables consisted of the following:

 

March 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Credit card payments in process of settlement

 

$

312,648

 

$

406,838

Vendor rebates receivable

 

 

1,143,264

 

 

1,455,248

Total

 

$

1,455,912

 

$

1,862,086

NOTE 4 — MERCHANDISE INVENTORY

At March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the inventory balances are composed of:

 

March 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Appliances

 

$

1,255,290

 

 

$

1,538,552

 

Furniture

 

 

157,627

 

 

 

184,755

 

Other

 

 

81,542

 

 

 

81,783

 

Total merchandise inventory

 

 

1,494,459

 

 

 

1,805,090

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

(425,000

)

 

 

(425,000

)

Merchandise inventory, net

 

$

1,069,459

 

 

$

1,380,090

 

Inventory and accounts receivable are pledged to secure a loan from Burnley and SBCC described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 5 — DEPOSITS WITH VENDORS

Deposits with vendors represent cash on deposit with one vendor arising from accumulated rebates paid by the vendor. The deposits are used by the vendor to seek to secure the Company’s purchases. The deposit can be withdrawn at any time up to the amount of the Company’s credit line with the vendor. Alternatively, the Company could secure their credit line with a floor plan line from a lender and withdraw all its deposits. The Company has elected to leave the deposits with the vendor on which it earns interest income. As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, deposits with vendors totaled $294,960.

F-15

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

March 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Equipment

 

$

7,376

 

 

$

7,376

 

Warehouse equipment

 

 

29,188

 

 

 

29,188

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

512

 

 

 

512

 

Transportation equipment

 

 

63,784

 

 

 

63,784

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

117,626

 

 

 

117,626

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

218,486

 

 

 

218,486

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(43,839

)

 

 

(32,880

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

174,647

 

 

$

185,606

 

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 was $10,959 and $9,674, respectively.

All property and equipment are pledged to secure loans from Burnley and SBCC as described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following provides a breakdown of identifiable intangible assets as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

March 31,
2020

 

December 31,
2019

Customer relationships

 

$

749,000

 

 

$

749,000

 

Marketing related

 

 

1,368,000

 

 

 

1,368,000

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

2,117,000

 

 

 

2,117,000

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(319,038

)

 

 

(238,156

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

1,797,962

 

 

$

1,878,844

 

In connection with the acquisition of Goedeker, the Company identified intangible assets of $2,117,000, representing trade names and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.5 years. Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 was $80,882 and $0, respectively.

As of March 31, 2020, the estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2020 (remainder of year)

 

$

242,649

2021

 

 

323,532

2022

 

 

323,532

2023

 

 

323,532

2024

 

 

122,132

Thereafter

 

 

462,585

Total

 

$

1,797,962

F-16

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

On January 18, 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (the “Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets of Goedeker used in its retail appliance and furniture business (the “Goedeker Business”).

On April 5, 2019, the Company, Goedeker and the Stockholders entered into an amendment to the asset purchase agreement and closing of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker was completed.

The aggregate purchase price, recorded as a capital contribution from Holdco, was $4,483,418 consisting of: (i) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000 and a deemed fair value of $3,422,398; (ii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments (as described below) with a deemed fair value of $81,494; and (iii) a 22.5% ownership interest in Holdco transferred to the sellers with a deemed fair value of $979,523.

The asset purchase agreement provided for an adjustment to the purchase price based on the difference between actual working capital at closing and the seller’s preliminary estimate of closing date working capital. In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, an independent CPA firm was retained by the Company and Goedeker to resolve differences in the working capital amounts. The report issued by that CPA firm determined that Goedeker owed the Company $809,000, which Goedeker has not paid. On or about March 23, 2020, the Company submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association relating to Goedeker’s failure to pay. The claim alleges, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Company is alleging damages in the amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs. The $809,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Goedeker is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent the Goedeker Business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

1.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater;

2.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater; and

3.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater.

To the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, the Company must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

To the extent Goedeker is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

F-17

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The rights of Goedeker to receive any earn out payment are subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Goedeker entered into with them on April 5, 2019 in connection with the Acquisition (see Notes 9 and 10). The Company determined the fair value of the earnout on the date of acquisition was $81,494. Such amount was recorded as a contingent consideration liability within the accounts payable and accrued expense line item on the balance sheet and is revalued to fair value each reporting period until settled. The year 1 contingent liability of $32,246 was written-off in the year ending December 31, 2019 as the target was not met and the balance of the liability at December 31, 2019 is $49,248. Management reviewed the contingent consideration due at March 31, 2020 and does not believe any adjustments are required at March 31, 2020 or for the three months then ended.

The fair value of the purchase consideration issued to Goedeker was allocated to the net tangible assets acquired. The Company accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business under GAAP under the acquisition method of accounting, and the assets and liabilities acquired were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values and consolidated with those of the Company. The fair value of the net liabilities assumed was approximately $492,601. The excess of the aggregate fair value of the net tangible assets has been allocated to goodwill.

The table below shows the analysis of the Goedeker asset purchase:

Purchase consideration at fair value:

 

 

 

 

Note payable, net of $462,102 debt discount and $215,500 of capitalized financing costs

 

$

3,422,398

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

81,494

 

Fair value of ownership interest in Holdco transferred to seller

 

 

979,523

 

Amount of consideration

 

$

4,483,415

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

334,446

 

Inventories

 

 

1,851,251

 

Working capital adjustment receivable and other assets

 

 

1,104,863

 

Property and equipment

 

 

216,286

 

Customer related intangibles

 

 

749,000

 

Marketing related intangibles

 

 

1,368,000

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(3,929,876

)

Customer deposits

 

 

(2,308,307

)

Net tangible assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(614,337

)

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(614,337

)

Consideration paid

 

 

4,483,415

 

Goodwill

 

$

5,097,752

 

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT

Burnley Capital LLC

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley Capital LLC (“Burnley”) for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base or (ii) $1,500,000 (provided that such amount may be increased to $3,000,000 in Burnley’s

F-18

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

sole discretion) minus reserves established Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. The “borrowing base” means an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the product of 85% multiplied by the liquidation value of the Company’s inventory (net of all liquidation costs) identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to Burnley (ii) multiplied by the Company’s eligible inventory (as defined in the loan and security agreement), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition on April 5, 2019, the Company borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. There is no available borrowing base and the balance of the line of credit amounts to $409,642 as of March 31, 2020, comprised of principal of $488,309 and net of unamortized debt discount of $$78,667.

The revolving note matures on April 5, 2022, provided that at Burnley’s sole and absolute discretion, it may agree to extend the maturity date for two successive terms of one year each. The revolving note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the LIBOR Rate (as defined in the loan and security agreement) plus 6.00% or (ii) 8.50%; provided that upon an event of default (as defined below) all loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the foregoing rate plus 3.00%. The Company shall pay interest accrued on the revolving note in arrears on the last day of each month commencing on April 30, 2019.

The Company may at any time and from time to time prepay the revolving note in whole or in part. If at any time the outstanding principal balance on the revolving note exceeds the lesser of (i) the difference of the total loan amount minus any reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, then the Company shall immediately prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after such net proceeds are received, prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by Goedeker of any capital stock or the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

Under the loan and security agreement, the Company is required to pay a number of fees to Burnley, including the following:

•        a commitment fee during the period from closing to the earlier of the maturity date or termination of Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily difference of the total loan amount then in effect minus the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the revolving note, which such accrued commitment fees are due and payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement terminates, commencing on the first such date to occur after the closing date;

•        an annual loan facility fee equal to 0.75% of the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), which is fully earned on the closing date for the term of the loan (including any extension) but shall be due and payable on each anniversary of the closing date;

F-19

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

•        a monthly collateral management fee for monitoring and servicing the revolving loan equal to $1,700 per month for the term of revolving note, which is fully earned and non-refundable as of the date of the loan and security agreement, but shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month; provided that payment of the collateral management fee may be made, at the discretion of Burnley, by application of advances under the revolving loan or directly by the Company; and

•        if the revolving loan is terminated for any reason, including by Burnley following an event of default, then the Company shall pay, as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available, an amount equal to the applicable percentage multiplied by the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), wherein the term applicable percentage means (i) 3%, in the case of a termination on or prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, (ii) 2%, in the case of a termination after the first anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the second anniversary thereof, and (iii) 0.5%, in the case of a termination after the second anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the maturity date.

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including, among others: (i) for failure to pay principal and interest on the revolving note when due, or to pay any fees due under the loan and security agreement; (ii) if any representation, warranty or certification in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith is incorrect in any material respect; (iii) for failure to perform any covenant or agreement contained in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith; (iv) for the occurrence of any default in respect of any other indebtedness of more than $100,000; (v) for any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution; (vi) for the occurrence of one or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards involving in the aggregate a liability of $25,000 or more; (vii) if the Company or Holdco, or officer thereof, is charged by a governmental authority, criminally indicted or convicted of a felony under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to forfeiture of any material portion of collateral, or such entity is subject to an injunction restraining it from conducting its business; (viii) if Burnley determines that a material adverse effect (as defined in the loan and security agreement) has occurred; (ix) if a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement) occurs; (x) if there is any material damage to, loss, theft or destruction of property which causes, for more than thirty consecutive days beyond the coverage period of any applicable business interruption insurance, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities; (xi) if there is a loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew any permit if it could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and (xii) for the occurrence of any default or event of default under the term loan with SBCC (as defined below), the 9% subordinated promissory note issued to Goedeker, the secured convertible promissory note issued to Leonite (as defined below) or any other debt that is subordinated to the revolving loan.

The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The revolving note is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with Burnley, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to Burnley, and (ii) the Company entered into a deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of Burnley to receive payments under the revolving note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint (as defined below) under a subordination agreement that Burnley entered into with Northpoint.

F-20

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

At March 31, 2020, the Company did not meet certain loan covenants under the loan and security agreement. The agreement requires compliance with the following ratios as a percentage of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2020. The table below shows the required ratio and actual ratio for such period.

Covenant

 

Actual Ratio

 

Required Ratio

Total debt ratio

 

(2.6)x

 

4.0x

Senior debt ratio

 

(0.7)x

 

1.5x

Interest coverage ratio

 

(0.9)x

 

1.0x

In addition, the Company was not in compliance with a requirement with respect to the liquidity ratio, which is the ratio of cash and available borrowings to customer deposits. At March 31, 2020, the actual ratio was 0.10x compared to a requirement of 1.35x.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC described below contains the same covenants and a cross default provision, whereby a default under the Burnley loan and security agreement triggers a default under the SBCC loan and security agreement. Accordingly, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on these loan and security agreements and has classified such debt as a current liability.

There are no cross-default provisions that would require any other long-term liabilities to be classified as current. Although the Company has defaulted under the 9% subordinated promissory note described below as the result of its failure to make payments thereunder from and after August 27, 2019, the date that Burnley notified the Company that it is in technical default under Burnley’s loan and security agreement, Burnley’s notice also stated that pursuant to the subordination agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Burnley and Goedeker, no payment can be made under the note so long as the Company’s default relating to Burnley’s loan continues. Therefore, notwithstanding the default, Goedeker has no right to accelerate the note because, in addition to the subordination agreement which otherwise would have permitted acceleration, the note itself also has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration. Since Goedeker does not currently have the right to accelerate the note, the Company has classified all amounts other than the currently due portion of the note as long-term liabilities.

Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC

On June 24, 2019, the Company, as borrower, entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC (“Northpoint”), which was amended on August 2, 2019, for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by the Company of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. The balance of the line of credit amounts to $169,713 as of March 31, 2020.

Pursuant to the loan and security agreement, the Company shall pay the following fees to Northpoint: (i) an audit fee for each audit conducted as determined by Northpoint, equal to the out-of-pocket expense incurred by Northpoint plus any minimum audit fee established by Northpoint; (ii) a fee for any returned payments equal to the lesser of the maximum amount permitted by law or $50; (iii) a late fee for each payment not received by the 25th day of a calendar month, and each month thereafter until such payment is paid, equal to the greater of 5% of the amount past due or $25; (iv) a billing fee equal to $250 for any month for which the Company requests a paper billing statement; (v) a live check fee equal to $50 for each check that the Company sends to Northpoint for payment of obligations under the loan and security agreement; (vi) processing fees to be determined by Northpoint; and (vii) any additional fees that Northpoint may implement from time to time.

F-21

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the loan and security agreement or any other agreement entered into with Northpoint, or (iii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type.

The Northpoint loans are secured by a security interest in all of the inventory of the Company that is manufactured or sold by vendors identified in the loan and security agreement. The loan is guaranteed by Holdco.

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (“SBCC”) for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which the Company issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. The Company classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet of $122,344 and subject to remeasurement on every reporting period. The balance of the note amounts to $940,123 as of March 31, 2020, comprised of principal of $1,218,750, capitalized PIK interest of $27,473, and net of unamortized debt discount of $133,500 and unamortized warrant feature of $172,600.

The term note matures on April 5, 2023 and bears interest at the sum of the cash interest rate (defined as 11% per annum) plus the Paid-in-Kind (“PIK”) interest rate (defined as 2% per annum); provided that upon an event of default all principal, past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the cash interest rate and the PIK interest rate, in each case plus 3.00%. Interest accrued at the cash interest rate shall be due and payable in arrears on the last day of each month commencing May 31, 2019. Interest accrued at the PIK interest rate shall be automatically capitalized, compounded and added to the principal amount of the term note on each last day of each quarter unless paid in cash on or prior to the last day of each quarter; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to an event of default shall be payable on demand, and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid (including interest accrued at the PIK interest rate and not yet added to the principal amount of term note) shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all interest on term note, whether accrued at the cash interest rate or the PIK interest rate, shall be due and payable in cash on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

The Company must repay to SBCC on the last business day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last business day of June 2019, an aggregate principal amount of the term note equal to $93,750, regardless of any prepayments made, and must pay the unpaid principal on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

The Company may prepay the term note in whole or in part from time to time; provided that if such prepayment occurs (i) prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 5.0% of such prepayment, (ii) prior to the second anniversary of the closing date and on or after the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 3.0% of such prepayment, or (iii) prior to the third anniversary of the closing date and on or after the second anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 1.0% of such prepayment, in each case as liquidated damages for damages for loss of bargain to SBCC. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after

F-22

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE (cont.)

such net proceeds are received, prepay the term note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by the Company of any capital stock or the receipt by Holdco of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC contains the same events of default as the loan and security agreement with Burnley, provided that the reference to the term loan in the cross-default provision refers instead to the revolving loan. The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The term note is secured by a second priority security interest (subordinate to the revolving loan) in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with SBCC, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to SBCC, and (ii) the Company entered deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of SBCC to receive payments under the term note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint and Burnley under separate subordination agreements that SBCC entered into with them.

As noted above, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on this loan and security agreement and has classified such debt as a current liability.

NOTE 11 — NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES

As noted above, a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition was paid by the issuance by the Company to Steve Goedeker, as representative of Goedeker, of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. The note will accrue interest at 9% per annum, amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached thereto, and mature on April 5, 2023. The remaining balance of the note at March 31, 2020 is $3,345,995, comprised of principal of $3,930,292, and net of unamortized debt discount of $584,297.

The Company has the right to redeem all or any portion of the note at any time prior to the maturity date without premium or penalty of any kind. The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a default by the Company of any of its covenants under the asset purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the asset purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under such documents, or (iii) the bankruptcy of the Company. The note also contains a cross default provision which provides that if there occurs with respect to the revolving loan with Burnley or the term loan with SBCC (A) a default with respect to any payment obligation thereunder that entitles the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (B) any other default thereunder that entitles, and has caused, the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to maturity. Since the defaults under the loans with Burnley and SBCC are not payment defaults, they fall under clause (B) above and would require Burnley or SBCC to accelerate the payment of indebtedness under their notes (which they have not done) before the cross default provisions would result in a default under this note.

The rights of the holder to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the holder entered into with them.

F-23

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 11 — NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES (cont.)

As stated above, although the Company has defaulted under this note, Goedeker has no right to accelerate the note because the note has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration.

Maturities of debt are as follows:

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020 (remainder of year)

 

$

1,261,428

 

2021

 

 

597,299

 

2022

 

 

869,687

 

2023

 

 

950,640

 

2024

 

 

251,239

 

Total

 

 

3,930,293

 

Less: loan costs

 

 

(206,916

)

Discounts

 

 

(377,382

)

Total

 

$

3,345,955

 

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company (collectively, “1847”) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Leonite”), pursuant to which 1847 issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares, (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco.

The note carries an original issue discount of $64,286 to cover Leonite’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the note. Therefore, the purchase price of the note was $650,000. Furthermore, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 shares of common stock valued at $137,500 and a debt-discount related to the warrants valued at $292,673. The Company amortized $72,768 of financing costs related to the shares and warrants in the three months ended March 31, 2020. The remaining net balance of the note at March 31, 2020 is $710,288, comprised of principal of $714,286 net of unamortized debt discount warrant feature of $3,998.

The note bears interest at the rate of the greater of (i) 12% per annum and (ii) the prime rate as set forth in the Wall Street Journal on April 5, 2019 plus 6.5% guaranteed over the holding period on the unconverted principal amount, on the terms set forth in the note (the “Stated Rate”). Any amount of principal or interest on the note which is not paid by the maturity date shall bear interest at the rate at the lesser of 24% per annum or the maximum legal amount permitted by law (the “Default Interest”).

Beginning on May 5, 2019 and on the same day of each and every calendar month thereafter throughout the term of the note, 1847 shall make monthly payments of interest only due under the note to Leonite at the Stated Rate as set forth above. 1847 shall pay to Leonite on an accelerated basis any outstanding principal amount of the note, along with accrued, but unpaid interest, from: (i) net proceeds of any future financings by 1847 Holdings, but not its subsidiaries, whether debt or equity, or any other financing proceeds, except any transaction having a specific use of proceeds requirement that such proceeds are to be used exclusively to purchase the assets or equity of an unaffiliated business and the proceeds are used accordingly; (ii) net proceeds from any sale of assets of 1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries other than sales of assets in the ordinary course of business or receipt by

F-24

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (cont.)

1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries of any tax credits, subject to rights of Goedeker, or other financing sources of 1847 Holdings (including its subsidiaries) existing prior to the date of the note; and (iii) net proceeds from the sale of any assets outside of the ordinary course of business or securities in any subsidiary.

The note will mature 12 months from the issue date, or April 5, 2020, at which time the principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and other fees relating to the note, will be due and payable. Unless an event of default as set forth in the note has occurred, 1847 has the right to prepay principal amount of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, the note at any time prior to the maturity date at 115% of the principal amount (the “Premium”), provided, however, that if the prepayment is the result of any of the occurrence of any of the transactions described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) above then such prepayment shall be the unpaid principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due but without the Premium.

The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by 1847 of its covenants under the securities purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the securities purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under the note, or (iii) the bankruptcy of 1847. The note also contains a cross default provision, whereby a default by 1847 of any covenant or other term or condition contained in any of the other financial instrument issued by of 1847 to Leonite or any other third party after the passage all applicable notice and cure or grace periods that results in a material adverse effect shall, at Leonite’s option, be considered a default under the note, in which event Leonite shall be entitled to apply all rights and remedies under the terms of the note.

Under the note, Leonite has the right at any time at its option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of the note into fully paid and non-assessable common shares or any shares of capital stock or other securities of 1847 Holdings into which such common shares may be changed or reclassified.

Concurrently with 1847 and Leonite entering into the securities purchase agreement and as security for 1847’s obligations thereunder, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company entered into a security and pledge agreement with Leonite, pursuant to which, in order to secure 1847’s timely payment of the note and related obligations and the timely performance of each and all of its covenants and obligations under the securities purchase agreement and related documents, 1847 unconditionally and irrevocably granted, pledged and hypothecated to Leonite a continuing security interest in and to, a lien upon, assignment of, and right of set-off against, all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising assets. Such security interest is a first priority security interest with respect to the securities that 1847 Holdings owns in the Company and in 1847 Neese Inc. (another subsidiary of 1847 Holdings), and a third priority security interest with respect to all other assets.

The rights of Leonite to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Leonite entered into with them.

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of the Company at that time. The lease is for a term five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, the Company is responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) the Company shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) the Company shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence

F-25

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE (cont.)

the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to the Company; (iv) the Company shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,300,000

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(402,390

)

Net balance

 

$

1,897,610

 

   

 

 

 

Lease liability, current portion

 

$

375,885

 

Lease liability, long-term

 

 

1,521,725

 

Total operating lease liability

 

$

1,879,610

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (months)

 

 

48

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

6.5

%

Maturities of the lease liability for each of the next five years is as follows:

2020 (remainder of year)

 

$

405,000

 

2021

 

 

540,000

 

2022

 

 

540,000

 

2023

 

 

540,000

 

2024

 

 

135,000

 

Total lease payments

 

$

2,160,000

 

   

 

 

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(262,390

)

Total lease liability

 

$

1,897,610

 

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC (the “Manager”), a company owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, the Company’s chairman and controlling shareholder of 1847 Holdings.

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, the Company appointed the Manager to provide certain services to it for a quarterly management fee equal to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement); provided, however, that, (i) pro-rated payments shall be made in the first quarter and the last quarter of the term, (ii) if the aggregate amount of management fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining fiscal quarters in such fiscal year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or

F-26

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES (cont.)

to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal year, does not exceed 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, and (iii) if the aggregate amount the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the parent management fee (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement) with respect to such fiscal quarter, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for such fiscal quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter, does not exceed the parent management fee calculated and payable with respect to such fiscal quarter.

The Company shall also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses of the Company which are specifically approved by the board of directors of the Company, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on behalf of Goedeker in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement.

The Company expensed $62,500 in management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Payment of the management fee is subordinated to the payment of interest on the 9% subordinated promissory note (see Note 11), such that no payment of the management fee may be made if the Company is in default under the note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on the Company being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the 9% subordinated promissory note or the earn out payments, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000. The rights of the Manager to receive payments under the offsetting management services agreement are also subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the Manager entered into with Burnley and SBCC on April 5, 2019. Accordingly, $126,153 due the Manager is classified as an accrued liability as of March 31, 2020.

Advances

As of March 31, 2020, the Manager had funded the Company $55,166 in related party advances. These advances are unsecured, bear no interest, and do not have formal repayment terms or arrangements.

As discussed in Note 12, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares to Leonite in order to induce Leonite to extend credit to the Company. The common shares were valued at $137,500.

NOTE 15 — STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000 common shares as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had 1,000 common shares issued and outstanding. Each common share entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters coming before the shareholders of the Company for a vote.

Warrants

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued to SBCC a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100 (see Note 10).

F-27

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 16 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with ASC 855-10, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to March 31, 2020 to the date these financial statements were issued and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these financial statements, except as set forth below.

On April 9, 2020, the Company received a $642,600 PPP loan from the SBA under provisions of the CARES Act. The PPP loan has a two-year term and bears interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum. Monthly principal and interest payments are deferred for six months after the date of disbursement. The PPP loan may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity with no prepayment penalties. The PPP loan contains events of default and other provisions customary for a loan of this type. The PPP provides that the loan may be partially or wholly forgiven if the funds are used for certain qualifying expenses as described in the CARES Act. The Company intends to use the proceeds from the PPP loan for qualifying expenses and to apply for forgiveness of the PPP loan in accordance with the terms of the CARES Act. The Company has classified the PPP loan as a current liability pending SBA clarification of the final loan terms.

On April 21, 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to the offsetting management services agreement with the Manager (see Note 14), pursuant to which the quarterly management fee was amended to provide for a flat fee of $62,500, as opposed to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets, which amendment will become effective upon closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

On April 22, 2020, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission to offer shares of its common stock for sale (the “Offering”).

On May 11, 2020, 1847 and Leonite entered into a first amendment to the secured convertible promissory note described in Note 12, pursuant to which the parties agreed (i) to extend the maturity date of the note to October 5, 2020, (ii) that 1847’s failure to repay the note on the original maturity date of April 5, 2020 shall not constitute and event of default under the note and (iii) to increase the principal amount of the note by $207,145, as a forbearance fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that 1847 completes an offering of debt, equity, or closes on an asset sale (other than in the ordinary course of business), then 1847 agreed to promptly use the net proceeds of such offering to repay Leonite; provided that, in no event shall this requirement cause 1847 to default on any of its agreements and obligations that were outstanding at the time of the amendment.

Pursuant to the amendment, 1847 Holdings also agreed to issue Leonite a 5% equity interest Asien’s Appliance, Inc. upon its acquisition of that company, which was completed on May 28, 2020.

In connection with the amendment, 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 of its common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis.

Goedeker Settlement

On June 1, 2020, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Goedeker, Steve Goedeker, Mike Goedeker and Holdco. The settlement agreement and the related transaction documents that are exhibits to the settlement agreement were all signed on June 1, 2020 but will only become effective upon the closing of the Offering.

Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties entered into an amendment and restatement of the 9% subordinated promissory note described above (See Note 11), pursuant to which (i) the principal amount of the existing note shall be increased by $250,0000, (ii) upon the closing of the Offering, the Company agreed to make all payments of principal and interest due under the note through the date of the closing of the Offering, and (iii) from and after the closing of the Offering, the interest rate of the note shall be increased from 8% to 12%. The Company also agreed

F-28

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED)

NOTE 16 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

to grant to the sellers, Goedeker, Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker, a security interest in all of the assets of the Company to secure its obligations under the amended and restated note and entered into a security agreement with them that will become effective upon the closing of the Offering.

In addition, pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties agreed that the ongoing arbitration action relating to the working capital adjustment contained in the asset purchase agreement (see Note 8) would be settled effective upon the closing of the Offering and that each party to such arbitration action would release all claims that it has against the other parties to such action. As part of the settlement of the arbitration action, the Company agreed that the sellers will not have to pay the $809,000 working capital adjustment amount that the Company claims the sellers owe to it under the asset purchase agreement.

The parties to the settlement agreement also agreed that each party to the asset purchase agreement has fulfilled all of its obligations under such agreement other than obligations of the Company with respect to the earn-out contained in the asset purchase agreement and obligations of the sellers with respect to the non-competition provisions of the asset purchase agreement. The parties to the settlement agreement also agreed that the right to participate in future stock issuances contained in the asset purchase agreement would be terminated and of no force and effect as of immediately prior to the closing of the Offering so that it will not apply to the securities sold in the Offering or any future sale of the Company’s securities.

The settlement agreement also contained a mutual release among the parties to the settlement agreement.

F-29

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

F-30

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 1847 Goedeker Inc.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (“the Company” or “Successor”) as of December 31, 2019, the related statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit, and cash flows for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019, and the related notes. We have also audited the accompanying balance sheet of Goedeker Television Co. (“Predecessor”) as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year then ended and for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the Successor financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 1847 Goedeker Inc. as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Goedeker Television Co. as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended and for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Salt Lake City, UT

April 22, 2020

F-31

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

64,470

 

     

$

1,525,693

Receivables

 

 

1,862,086

 

     

 

2,635,932

Deposits with vendors

 

 

294,960

 

     

 

2,212,181

Merchandise inventory, net

 

 

1,380,090

 

     

 

3,111,594

Due from officers

 

 

 

     

 

50,634

Other assets

 

 

892,796

 

     

 

6,784

Total Current Assets

 

 

4,494,402

 

     

 

9,542,818

Property and equipment, net

 

 

185,606

 

     

 

216,286

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

2,000,755

 

     

 

Goodwill

 

 

4,976,016

 

     

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,878,844

 

     

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

698,303

 

     

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

45,000

 

     

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

14,278,926

 

     

$

9,759,104

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

2,465,220

 

     

$

2,860,159

Customer deposits

 

 

4,164,296

 

     

 

3,500,268

Advances, related party

 

 

137,500

 

     

 

Lines of credit

 

 

1,250,930

 

     

 

Current portion of notes payable, related parties

 

 

1,068,075

 

     

 

Notes payable

 

 

999,200

 

     

 

Convertible notes payable

 

 

584,943

 

     

 

Warrant liability

 

 

122,344

 

     

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

422,520

 

     

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

11,215,028

 

     

 

6,360,427

Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion

 

 

2,232,369

 

     

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

1,578,235

 

     

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

49,248

 

     

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

15,074,880

 

     

 

6,360,427

Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Common stock, no par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 7,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018

 

 

 

     

 

7,000

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1

 

     

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,272,195

 

     

 

707,049

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

(2,068,150

)

     

 

2,684,628

Total Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

 

 

(795,954

)

     

 

3,398,677

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
(DEFICIT)

 

$

14,278,926

 

     

$

9,759,104

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-32

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 2019

Year
Ended
December 31,
2018

Product sales, net

 

$

34,668,112

 

     

$

12,946,901

 

$

56,307,960

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

28,596,129

 

     

 

11,004,842

 

 

45,409,884

 

Gross profit

 

 

6,071,983

 

     

 

1,942,059

 

 

10,898,076

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personnel

 

 

2,909,751

 

     

 

913,919

 

 

3,627,883

 

Advertising

 

 

1,996,507

 

     

 

714,276

 

 

2,640,958

 

Bank and credit card fees

 

 

870,877

 

     

 

329,247

 

 

1,369,557

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

271,036

 

     

 

9,675

 

 

39,639

 

General and administrative

 

 

1,741,050

 

     

 

451,214

 

 

1,330,647

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

7,789,221

 

     

 

2,418,331

 

 

9,008,684

 

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(1,717,238

)

     

 

(476,272

)

 

1,889,392

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs

 

 

(520,160

)

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingency

 

 

32,246

 

     

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(683,211

)

     

 

 

 

(149

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

106,900

 

     

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

15,010

 

     

 

31,007

 

 

116,135

 

Total Other Income (Expense)

 

 

(1,049,215

)

     

 

31,007

 

 

115,986

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(2,766,453

)

     

 

(445,265

)

 

2,005,378

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

(698,303

)

     

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

     

$

(445,265

)

$

2,005,378

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED

 

$

(2,068.15

)

     

$

(63.61

)

$

286.48

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED

 

 

1,000

 

     

 

7,000

 

 

7,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-33

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (PREDECESSOR)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

1,393,050

 

 

$

2,107,099

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(713,800

)

 

 

(713,800

)

Net income for the year ended
December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,005,378

 

 

 

2,005,378

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,684,628

 

 

$

3,398,677

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss for the period from January 1,
2019 through April 5, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(445,265

)

 

 

(445,265

)

Balance, April 5, 2019

 

7,000

 

$

7,000

 

$

707,049

 

$

2,239,363

 

 

$

2,953,412

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-34

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF
STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIT (SUCCESSOR)

 

Common Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, April 6, 2019

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Capital contribution by Holdco for the acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.

 

1,000

 

 

1

 

 

979,522

 

 

 

 

 

979,523

 

Issuance of warrants in connection with notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

292,673

 

 

 

 

 

292,673

 

Net loss for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

 

(2,068,150

)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

1,000

 

$

1

 

$

1,272,195

 

$

(2,068,150

)

 

$

(795,954

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-35

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 2019

Year
Ended
December 31,
2018

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(2,068,150

)

     

$

(445,265

)

$

2,005,378

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

271,036

 

     

 

9,675

 

 

39,639

 

Amortization of debt discounts

 

 

599,814

 

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of contingent liability

 

 

(32,246

)

     

 

 

 

 

Gain on write-down of warrant liability

 

 

(106,900

)

     

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables

 

 

(1,405,904

)

     

 

1,730,079

 

 

271,776

 

Deposits with vendors

 

 

(294,960

)

     

 

(73,770

)

 

(116,281

)

Merchandise inventory

 

 

471,161

 

     

 

595,466

 

 

597,981

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

167,066

 

     

 

2,784

 

 

9,716

 

Change in operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

299,245

 

     

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

(698,303

)

     

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(1,464,657

)

     

 

196,565

 

 

(654,726

)

Customer deposits

 

 

1,855,990

 

     

 

(1,404,266

)

 

(1,711,409

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(299,245

)

     

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(2,706,053

)

     

 

611,268

 

 

442,074

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(2,200

)

     

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(2,200

)

     

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from note payable

 

 

1,500,000

 

     

 

 

 

 

Repayment on notes payable

 

 

(357,207

)

     

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from convertible notes payable

 

 

650,000

 

     

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings from lines of credit

 

 

1,339,430

 

     

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for financing costs

 

 

(359,500

)

     

 

 

 

 

Distributions to stockholders

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

(713,800

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

2,772,723

 

     

 

 

 

(713,800

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

 

 

64,470

 

     

 

611,268

 

 

(271,726

)

CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

 

     

 

1,525,693

 

 

1,797,419

 

CASH, END OF PERIOD

 

$

64,470

 

     

$

2,136,961

 

$

1,525,693

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

292,890

 

     

$

 

$

 

Cash paid for taxes

 

$

 

     

$

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,300,000

 

     

$

 

$

 

Debt discount on notes payable

 

$

64,286

 

     

$

 

$

 

Warrants granted on notes payable

 

$

229,673

 

     

$

 

$

 

Warrants issued for convertible notes payable

 

$

292,673

 

     

$

 

$

 

Common stock issued for noted payable

 

$

173,500

 

     

$

 

$

 

Acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.

 

$

11,399,200

 

     

$

 

$

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-36

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring the business of Goedeker Television Co. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), which was formed in State of Delaware on March 20, 2019. Neither the Company nor Holdco had any operations other than operations relating to their incorporation and organization prior to the acquisition of the business of Goedeker Television Co.

On April 5, 2019, the Company executed an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television Co., a Missouri corporation (“Goedeker”), pursuant to which the Company acquired substantially all the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of Goedeker. Holdco is a majority owned (70 percent) subsidiary of 1847 Holdings LLC (“1847 Holdings”). The sellers of Goedeker collectively own 22.5 percent of Holdco and the balance, 7.5 percent, is owned by Leonite Capital LLC, a lender involved with financing the acquisition of the Goedeker by the Company.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and are presented in US dollars.

Accounting Basis

The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting and GAAP. The Company has adopted a calendar year end.

Predecessor and Successor Reporting

The acquisition of Goedeker as described in Note 1 was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with GAAP. For the purpose of financial reporting, Goedeker was deemed to be the predecessor company and the Company is deemed to be the successor company in accordance with the rules and regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The assets and liabilities of Goedeker were recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value adjustments related to the transaction are reflected in the books of the Company, resulting in assets and liabilities of the Company being recorded at fair value at April 6, 2019. Therefore, the Company’s financial information prior to the transaction is not comparable to its financial information subsequent to the transaction.

As a result of the impact of pushdown accounting, the financial statements and certain note presentations separate the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the period before the consummation of the transaction (labeled “Predecessor”) and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”), to indicate the application of a different basis of accounting between the periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with the original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

F-37

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. The Company’s adoption of this ASU resulted in no change to the Company’s results of operations or balance sheet.

The Company collects the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed. The Company does not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if the Company did, because all the Company’s contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

The revenue that the Company recognizes arises from orders it receives from customers. The Company’s performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that it makes to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed. Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, the Company’s products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The transfer of control generally occurs at the point of shipment. Once this occurs, the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the Company recognizes revenue. For drop shipments, the Company is determined to be the principal as it bears a risk of loss and can change shipping instructions in transit, it handles any customer complaints or returns related to drop shipments, and it takes legal title to the product between shipment and delivery. Revenue from the sale of long-term service warranties are recognized net of costs to sell the contracts to the third-party warranty service company.

The Company’s performance obligations include shipment of products and, in some instances, performance of services such as installation. Revenue for the sale of merchandise without installation is recognized upon shipment to the customer; revenue for the sale of merchandise including installation is recognized upon delivery and installation of the product which typically occur simultaneously. Allowances for sales returns are estimated and recorded based on prior returns history, recent trends, and projections for returns on sales in the current period.

The Company agrees with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In the Company’s contracts with customers, it allocates the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax the Company collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

If the Company continued to apply legacy revenue recognition guidance for the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2018, revenues, gross margin, and net loss would not have changed.

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of shipping merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

Substantially all the Company’s sales are to individual retail consumers.

Shipping and Handling — The Company bills its customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

Disaggregated Revenue — The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by contract type, as it believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

F-38

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company’s disaggregated revenue by sales type is as follows:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Period from
April 6, 2019 to
December 31,
2019

     

Period from
January 1,
2019 to
April 5, 2019

Year Ended
December 31,
2018

Appliance sales

 

$

28,487,053

     

$

9,784,525

$

42,871,864

Furniture sales

 

 

4,405,866

     

 

2,456,085

 

10,813,453

Other sales

 

 

1,775,193

     

 

706,291

 

2,622,643

Total

 

$

34,668,112

     

$

12,946,901

$

56,307,960

Receivables

Receivables consist of credit card transactions in the process of settlement. Vendor rebates receivable represent amounts due from manufactures from whom the Company purchases products. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on the Company’s assessment of the credit history with its manufacturers, it has concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company historically collects substantially all of its outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

Merchandise Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the low-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. The Company periodically evaluates the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on its estimate of market conditions. Reserves for slow-moving and potentially obsolete inventories was $425,000 and $-0- as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

Category

 

Useful Life
(Years)

Machinery and equipment

 

5

Office equipment

 

5

Vehicles

 

5

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are

F-39

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

Acquired identifiable intangible assets are amortized over the following periods:

Acquired Intangible Asset

 

Amortization
Basis

 

Expected Life
(Years)

Customer related

 

Straight-line

 

15

Marketing related

 

Straight-line

 

5

Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management at least annually. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. A fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined in the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Derivative Instrument Liability

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At December 31, 2019, the Company classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument. (see Note 10).

Income Taxes

Under the Company’s accounting policies, the Company initially recognizes a tax position in its financial statements when it becomes more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax positions that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authorities assuming full knowledge of

F-40

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

the position and all relevant facts. Although the Company believes its provisions for unrecognized tax positions are reasonable, the Company can make no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which the Company has reflected in its income tax provisions and accruals. The tax law is subject to varied interpretations, and the Company has taken positions related to certain matters where the law is subject to interpretation. Such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s income tax provisions and operating results in the period(s) in which the Company makes such determination.

Basic Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net loss applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is the basic weighted number of shares adjusted for any potentially dilutive debt or equity. As the Company had a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2019, the following 895,565 potentially dilutive securities were excluded from diluted loss per share: 200,000 for outstanding warrants and 695,565 related to the convertible note payable and accrued interest. There are no such common share equivalents outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Going Concern Assessment

Management assesses going concern uncertainty in the Company’s financial statements to determine whether there is sufficient cash on hand and working capital, including available borrowings on loans, to operate for a period of at least one year from the date the financial statements are issued or available to be issued, which is referred to as the “look-forward period”, as defined in GAAP. As part of this assessment, based on conditions that are known and reasonably knowable to management, management will consider various scenarios, forecasts, projections, estimates and will make certain key assumptions, including the timing and nature of projected cash expenditures or programs, its ability to delay or curtail expenditures or programs and its ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, among other factors. Based on this assessment, as necessary or applicable, management makes certain assumptions around implementing curtailments or delays in the nature and timing of programs and expenditures to the extent it deems probable those implementations can be achieved and management has the proper authority to execute them within the look-forward period.

The Company has generated losses since its acquisition and has relied on cash on hand, external bank lines of credit, issuance of third party and related party debt and the sale of a note to support cashflow from operations.

For the period April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company incurred operating losses of $2,086,150 and incurred negative cash flows from operations of $2,706,053 and negative working capital of $6,720,626. Losses from operations include approximately $673,000 of expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of the assets of the Company on April 5, 2019. Also, management believes the Company is owed $809,000 related to a working capital adjustment, which is recorded in other assets on the balance sheet and which is being disputed by Goedeker. This matter is being pursued through a legal process (See Note 8).

Management has prepared estimates of operations for fiscal year 2020 and believes that sufficient funds will be generated from operations to fund its operations, and to service its debt obligations for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in the Company’s Form S-1 indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern.

The impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business has been considered in these assumptions; however, it is too early to know the full impact of COVID-19 or its timing on a return to more normal operations. Further, the recently enacted stimulus bill provides for economic assistance loans through the United States Small Business Administration. The Company is actively pursuing the possibility of obtaining such loans.

F-41

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which the Company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.

Management believes that based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable that its forecasts, for one year from the date of the filing of the financial statements in this registration statement, indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern. The Company has contingency plans to reduce or defer expenses and cash outlays should operations not improve in the look forward period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to recognize right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of the Company’s lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s statements of income or cash flows. See Note 13 for the required disclosures relating to the Company’s lease agreements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017. ASU 2018-02 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019 and resulted in a decrease of approximately $748,000 to retained earnings due to the reclassification from AOCI of the effect of the corporate income tax rate change on our cash flow hedges. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial

F-42

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Not Yet Adopted

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis, and does not expect the adoption will result in a material impact for future periods.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company will modify its disclosures beginning in the first quarter of 2020 to conform to this guidance. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard and the associated changes to its disclosures to have a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology for financial assets with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses. The new credit losses model must be applied to loans, accounts receivable, and other financial assets. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. The Company plans to adopt the new standard in the first quarter of 2020 using a modified retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. The Company does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s statements of operations or cash flows.

The Company currently believes that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to the Company’s financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform with classifications adopted in the period ended December 31, 2019. Such reclassifications had no effect on net earnings or financial position.

F-43

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 3 — RECEIVABLES

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, receivables consisted of the following:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Credit card payments in process of settlement

 

$

406,838

     

$

629,498

Vendor rebates receivable

 

 

1,455,248

     

 

2,004,206

Other

 

 

     

 

2,228

Total

 

$

1,862,086

     

$

2,635,932

NOTE 4 — MERCHANDISE INVENTORY

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the inventory balances are composed of:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Appliances

 

$

1,538,552

 

     

$

2,656,386

Furniture

 

 

184,755

 

     

 

327,458

Other

 

 

81,783

 

     

 

127,750

Total merchandise inventory

 

 

1,805,090

 

     

 

3,111,594

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

(425,000

)

     

 

Merchandise inventory, net

 

$

1,380,090

 

     

$

3,111,594

Inventory and accounts receivable are pledged to secure a loan from Burnley and SBCC described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 5 — DEPOSITS WITH VENDORS

Deposits with vendors represent cash on deposit with one vendor arising from accumulated rebates paid by the vendor. The deposits are used by the vendor to seek to secure the Company’s purchases. The deposit can be withdrawn at any time up to the amount of the Company’s credit line with the vendor. Alternatively, the Company could secure their credit line with a floor plan line from a lender and withdraw all its deposits. The Company has elected to leave the deposits with the vendor on which it earns interest income. As of December 31, 2019, deposits with vendors totaled $294,960. Vendor deposits at December 31, 2018, totaling $2,212,181, belonged to Goedeker and did not convey to the Company in the April 5, 2019 acquisition.

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Equipment

 

$

7,376

 

     

$

81,242

 

Warehouse equipment

 

 

29,188

 

     

 

111,787

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

512

 

     

 

78,585

 

Transportation equipment

 

 

63,784

 

     

 

170,824

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

117,626

 

     

 

249,993

 

Total property and equipment

 

 

218,486

 

     

 

692,431

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(32,880

)

     

 

(476,145

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

185,606

 

     

$

216,286

 

F-44

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

Depreciation expense for the periods April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2018 was $33,366, $9,675, and $39,639, respectively.

All property and equipment are pledged to secure loans from Burnley and SBCC as described and defined in the notes below.

NOTE 7 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following provides a breakdown of identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

December 31,
2019

     

December 31,
2018

Customer relationships

 

$

749,000

 

     

$

Marketing related

 

 

1,368,000

 

     

 

Total intangible assets

 

 

2,117,000

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(238,156

)

     

 

Intangible assets, net

 

$

1,878,844

 

     

$

In connection with the acquisition of Goedeker, the Company identified intangible assets of $2,117,000, representing trade names and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.5 years. Amortization expense for the periods April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019, January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019, and the year ended December 31, 2018 was $238,156, $-0-, and $-0-, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

2020

 

$

249,059

2021

 

 

249,059

2022

 

 

249,059

2023

 

 

249,059

2024

 

 

249,059

Thereafter

 

 

633,549

Total

 

$

1,878,844

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

On January 18, 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (the “Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets of Goedeker used in its retail appliance and furniture business (the “Goedeker Business”).

On April 5, 2019, the Company, Goedeker and the Stockholders entered into an amendment to the asset purchase agreement and closing of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker was completed.

The aggregate purchase price, recorded as a capital contribution from Holdco, was $4,483,418 consisting of: (i) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000 and a deemed fair value of $3,422,398; (ii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments (as described below) with a deemed fair value of $81,494; and (iii) a 22.5% ownership interest in Holdco transferred to the sellers with a deemed fair value of $979,523.

F-45

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The asset purchase agreement provided for an adjustment to the purchase price based on the difference between actual working capital at closing and the seller’s preliminary estimate of closing date working capital. In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, an independent CPA firm was retained by the Company and Goedeker to resolve differences in the working capital amounts. The report issued by that CPA firm determined that Goedeker owed the Company $809,000, which to date Goedeker has not paid. The $809,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. See also Note 17.

Goedeker is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent the Goedeker Business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

1.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater;

2.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater; and

3.      An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater.

To the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, the Company must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

To the extent Goedeker is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

The rights of Goedeker to receive any earn out payment are subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Goedeker entered into with them on April 5, 2019 in connection with the Acquisition (see Notes 9 and 10). The Company determined the fair value of the earnout on the date of acquisition was $81,494. Such amount was recorded as a contingent consideration liability within the accounts payable and accrued expense line item on the balance sheet and is revalued to fair value each reporting period until settled. The year 1 contingent liability of $32,246 was written-off in the year ending December 31, 2019 as the target was not met and the balance of the liability at December 31, 2019 is $49,248.

The provisional fair value of the purchase consideration issued to Goedeker was allocated to the net tangible assets acquired. The Company accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business under GAAP under the acquisition method of accounting, and the assets and liabilities acquired were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values and consolidated with those of the Company. The fair value of the net liabilities assumed was approximately $492,601. The excess of the aggregate fair value of the net tangible assets has been allocated to goodwill.

F-46

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 8 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The Company is currently in the process of completing the preliminary purchase price allocation as an acquisition of certain assets. The final purchase price allocation for Goedeker will be included in the Company’s financial statements in future periods. The table below shows preliminary analysis for the Goedeker asset purchase:

Provisional purchase consideration at preliminary fair value:

 

 

 

 

Note payable, net of $462,102 debt discount and $215,500 of capitalized financing costs

 

$

3,422,398

 

Contingent note payable

 

 

81,494

 

Fair value of ownership interest in Holdco transferred to seller

 

 

979,523

 

Amount of consideration

 

$

4,483,418

 

   

 

 

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed at preliminary fair value

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

456,182

 

Inventories

 

 

1,851,251

 

Working capital adjustment receivable and other assets

 

 

1,104,863

 

Property and equipment

 

 

216,286

 

Customer related intangibles

 

 

749,000

 

Marketing related intangibles

 

 

1,368,000

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(3,929,876

)

Customer deposits

 

 

(2,308,307

)

Net tangible assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(492,601

)

   

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired (liabilities assumed)

 

$

(492,601

)

Consideration paid

 

 

4,483,415

 

Preliminary goodwill

 

$

4,976,015

 

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT

Burnley Capital LLC

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley Capital LLC (“Burnley”) for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base or (ii) $1,500,000 (provided that such amount may be increased to $3,000,000 in Burnley’s sole discretion) minus reserves established Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. The “borrowing base” means an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the product of 85% multiplied by the liquidation value of the Company’s inventory (net of all liquidation costs) identified in the most recent inventory appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to Burnley (ii) multiplied by the Company’s eligible inventory (as defined in the loan and security agreement), valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis. In connection with the closing of the Acquisition on April 5, 2019, the Company borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. There is no available borrowing base and the balance of the line of credit amounts to $571,997 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $660,497 and net of unamortized debt discount of $88,500.

The revolving note matures on April 5, 2022, provided that at Burnley’s sole and absolute discretion, it may agree to extend the maturity date for two successive terms of one year each. The revolving note bears interest at a per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) the LIBOR Rate (as defined in the loan and security agreement) plus 6.00% or (ii) 8.50%; provided that upon an event of default (as defined below) all loans, all past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the foregoing rate plus 3.00%. The Company shall pay interest accrued on the revolving note in arrears on the last day of each month commencing on April 30, 2019.

F-47

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

The Company may at any time and from time to time prepay the revolving note in whole or in part. If at any time the outstanding principal balance on the revolving note exceeds the lesser of (i) the difference of the total loan amount minus any reserves and (ii) the borrowing base, then the Company shall immediately prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after such net proceeds are received, prepay the revolving note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by Goedeker of any capital stock or the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

Under the loan and security agreement, the Company is required to pay a number of fees to Burnley, including the following:

•        a commitment fee during the period from closing to the earlier of the maturity date or termination of Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily difference of the total loan amount then in effect minus the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the revolving note, which such accrued commitment fees are due and payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and on the date on which Burnley’s commitment to make loans under the loan and security agreement terminates, commencing on the first such date to occur after the closing date;

•        an annual loan facility fee equal to 0.75% of the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), which is fully earned on the closing date for the term of the loan (including any extension) but shall be due and payable on each anniversary of the closing date;

•        a monthly collateral management fee for monitoring and servicing the revolving loan equal to $1,700 per month for the term of revolving note, which is fully earned and non-refundable as of the date of the loan and security agreement, but shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month; provided that payment of the collateral management fee may be made, at the discretion of Burnley, by application of advances under the revolving loan or directly by the Company; and

•        if the revolving loan is terminated for any reason, including by Burnley following an event of default, then the Company shall pay, as liquidated damages and compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available, an amount equal to the applicable percentage multiplied by the revolving commitment (i.e., the maximum amount that the Company may borrow under the revolving loan), wherein the term applicable percentage means (i) 3%, in the case of a termination on or prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, (ii) 2%, in the case of a termination after the first anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the second anniversary thereof, and (iii) 0.5%, in the case of a termination after the second anniversary of the closing date but on or prior to the maturity date.

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including, among others: (i) for failure to pay principal and interest on the revolving note when due, or to pay any fees due under the loan and security agreement; (ii) if any representation, warranty or certification in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith is incorrect in any material respect; (iii) for failure to perform any covenant

F-48

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

or agreement contained in the loan and security agreement or any document delivered in connection therewith; (iv) for the occurrence of any default in respect of any other indebtedness of more than $100,000; (v) for any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution; (vi) for the occurrence of one or more judgments, non-interlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards involving in the aggregate a liability of $25,000 or more; (vii) if the Company or Holdco, or officer thereof, is charged by a governmental authority, criminally indicted or convicted of a felony under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to forfeiture of any material portion of collateral, or such entity is subject to an injunction restraining it from conducting its business; (viii) if Burnley determines that a material adverse effect (as defined in the loan and security agreement) has occurred; (ix) if a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement) occurs; (x) if there is any material damage to, loss, theft or destruction of property which causes, for more than thirty consecutive days beyond the coverage period of any applicable business interruption insurance, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities; (xi) if there is a loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew any permit if it could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and (xii) for the occurrence of any default or event of default under the term loan with SBCC (as defined below), the 9% subordinated promissory note issued to Goedeker, the secured convertible promissory note issued to Leonite (as defined below) or any other debt that is subordinated to the revolving loan.

The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The revolving note is secured by a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with Burnley, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to Burnley, and (ii) the Company entered into a deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of Burnley to receive payments under the revolving note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint (as defined below) under a subordination agreement that Burnley entered into with Northpoint.

At December 31, 2019, the Company did not meet certain loan covenants under the loan and security agreement. The agreement requires compliance with the following ratios as a percentage of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2019. The table below shows the required ratio and actual ratio for such period.

Covenant

 

Actual Ratio

 

Required Ratio

Total debt ratio

 

(4.2)x

 

4.50x

Senior debt ratio

 

(1.5)x

 

1.75x

Interest coverage ratio

 

(1.1)x

 

1.0x

In addition, the Company was not in compliance with a requirement with respect to the liquidity ratio, which is the ratio of cash and available borrowings to customer deposits. At December 31, 2019, the actual ratio was 0.12x compared to a requirement of 0.60x.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC described below contains the same covenants and a cross default provision, whereby a default under the Burnley loan and security agreement triggers a default under the SBCC loan and security agreement. Accordingly, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on these loan and security agreements and has classified such debt as a current liability.

There are no cross-default provisions that would require any other long-term liabilities to be classified as current. Although the Company has defaulted under the 9% subordinated promissory note described below as the result of its failure to make payments thereunder from and after August 27, 2019, the date that Burnley notified the Company that it is in technical default under Burnley’s loan and security agreement, Burnley’s notice also stated that pursuant

F-49

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 9 — LINES OF CREDIT (cont.)

to the subordination agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Burnley and Goedeker, no payment can be made under the note so long as the Company’s default relating to Burnley’s loan continues. Therefore, notwithstanding the default, Goedeker has no right to accelerate the note because, in addition to the subordination agreement which otherwise would have permitted acceleration, the note itself also has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration. Since Goedeker does not currently have the right to accelerate the note, the Company has classified all amounts other than the currently due portion of the note as long-term liabilities.

Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC

On June 24, 2019, the Company, as borrower, entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC (“Northpoint”), which was amended on August 2, 2019, for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by the Company of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. The balance of the line of credit amounts to $678,993 as of December 31, 2019.

Pursuant to the loan and security agreement, the Company shall pay the following fees to Northpoint: (i) an audit fee for each audit conducted as determined by Northpoint, equal to the out-of-pocket expense incurred by Northpoint plus any minimum audit fee established by Northpoint; (ii) a fee for any returned payments equal to the lesser of the maximum amount permitted by law or $50; (iii) a late fee for each payment not received by the 25th day of a calendar month, and each month thereafter until such payment is paid, equal to the greater of 5% of the amount past due or $25; (iv) a billing fee equal to $250 for any month for which the Company requests a paper billing statement; (v) a live check fee equal to $50 for each check that the Company sends to Northpoint for payment of obligations under the loan and security agreement; (vi) processing fees to be determined by Northpoint; and (vii) any additional fees that Northpoint may implement from time to time.

The loan and security agreement contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the loan and security agreement or any other agreement entered into with Northpoint, or (iii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type.

The Northpoint loans are secured by a security interest in all of the inventory of the Company that is manufactured or sold by vendors identified in the loan and security agreement. The loan is guaranteed by Holdco.

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (“SBCC”) for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which the Company issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. The Company classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet of $122,344 and subject to remeasurement on every reporting period. The balance of the note amounts to $999,201 as of December 31, 2019, comprised of principal of $1,312,500, capitalized PIK interest of $21,204, and net of unamortized debt discount of $144,625 and unamortized warrant feature of $189,879.

The term note matures on April 5, 2023 and bears interest at the sum of the cash interest rate (defined as 11% per annum) plus the Paid-in-Kind (“PIK”) interest rate (defined as 2% per annum); provided that upon an event of default all principal, past due interest and all fees shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the cash interest rate and the PIK interest rate, in each case plus 3.00%. Interest accrued at the cash interest rate shall be due and payable in arrears on the last day of each month commencing May 31, 2019. Interest accrued at the PIK interest rate shall be

F-50

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 10 — NOTES PAYABLE (cont.)

automatically capitalized, compounded and added to the principal amount of the term note on each last day of each quarter unless paid in cash on or prior to the last day of each quarter; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to an event of default shall be payable on demand, and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid (including interest accrued at the PIK interest rate and not yet added to the principal amount of term note) shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all interest on term note, whether accrued at the cash interest rate or the PIK interest rate, shall be due and payable in cash on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

The Company must repay to SBCC on the last business day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last business day of June 2019, an aggregate principal amount of the term note equal to $93,750, regardless of any prepayments made, and must pay the unpaid principal on the maturity date unless payment is sooner required by the loan and security agreement.

The Company may prepay the term note in whole or in part from time to time; provided that if such prepayment occurs (i) prior to the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 5.0% of such prepayment, (ii) prior to the second anniversary of the closing date and on or after the first anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 3.0% of such prepayment, or (iii) prior to the third anniversary of the closing date and on or after the second anniversary of the closing date, the Company shall pay SBCC an amount equal to 1.0% of such prepayment, in each case as liquidated damages for damages for loss of bargain to SBCC. In addition, in the event and on each occasion that any net proceeds (as defined in the loan and security agreement) are received by or on behalf of the Company or Holdco in respect of any prepayment event following the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the Company shall, immediately after such net proceeds are received, prepay the term note in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net proceeds. A “prepayment event” means (i) any sale, transfer, merger, liquidation or other disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any property of the Company or Holdco; (ii) a change of control (as defined in the loan and security agreement); (iii) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property of the Company or Holdco with a fair value immediately prior to such event equal to or greater than $25,000; (iv) the issuance by the Company of any capital stock or the receipt by Holdco of any capital contribution; or (v) the incurrence by the Company or Holdco of any indebtedness (as defined in the loan and security agreement), other than indebtedness permitted under the loan and security agreement.

The loan and security agreement with SBCC contains the same events of default as the loan and security agreement with Burnley, provided that the reference to the term loan in the cross-default provision refers instead to the revolving loan.

The loan and security agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative financial and other covenants for a loan of this type. The term note is secured by a second priority security interest (subordinate to the revolving loan) in all of the assets of the Company and Holdco. In connection with such security interest, on April 5, 2019, (i) Holdco entered into a pledge agreement with SBCC, pursuant to which Holdco pledged the shares of the Company held by it to SBCC, and (ii) the Company entered deposit account control agreement with Burnley, SBCC and Montgomery Bank relating to the security interest in the Company’s bank accounts. The loan is guaranteed by 1847 Holdings.

The rights of SBCC to receive payments under the term note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint and Burnley under separate subordination agreements that SBCC entered into with them.

As noted above, the Company is in technical, not payment default, on this loan and security agreement and has classified such debt as a current liability.

F-51

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 11 — NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES

As noted above, a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition was paid by the issuance by the Company to Steve Goedeker, as representative of Goedeker, of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. The note will accrue interest at 9% per annum, amortized on a five-year straight-line basis and payable quarterly in accordance with the amortization schedule attached thereto, and mature on April 5, 2023. The remaining balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $3,300,444, comprised of principal of $3,930,292 and net of unamortized debt discount of $629,848.

The Company has the right to redeem all or any portion of the note at any time prior to the maturity date without premium or penalty of any kind. The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a default by the Company of any of its covenants under the asset purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the asset purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under such documents, or (iii) the bankruptcy of the Company. The note also contains a cross default provision which provides that if there occurs with respect to the revolving loan with Burnley or the term loan with SBCC (A) a default with respect to any payment obligation thereunder that entitles the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (B) any other default thereunder that entitles, and has caused, the holder thereof to declare such indebtedness to be due and payable prior to maturity. Since the defaults under the loans with Burnley and SBCC are not payment defaults, they fall under clause (B) above and would require Burnley or SBCC to accelerate the payment of indebtedness under their notes (which they have not done) before the cross default provisions would result in a default under this note.

The rights of the holder to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the holder entered into with them.

As stated above, although the Company has defaulted under this note, Goedeker has no right to accelerate the note because the note has specific subordination provisions that prohibit such acceleration.

Maturities of debt are as follows:

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

1,068,075

 

2021

 

 

790,651

 

2022

 

 

869,687

 

2023

 

 

950,640

 

2024

 

 

251,239

 

Total

 

 

3,930,292

 

Less: loan costs

 

 

(229,360

)

Discounts

 

 

(400,488

)

Total

 

$

3,300,444

 

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company (collectively, “1847”) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Leonite”), pursuant to which 1847 issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares, (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco.

F-52

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (cont.)

The note carries an original issue discount of $64,286 to cover Leonite’s legal fees, accounting fees, due diligence fees and/or other transactional costs incurred in connection with the purchase of the note. Therefore, the purchase price of the note was $650,000. Furthermore, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 shares of common stock valued at $137,500 and a debt-discount related to the warrants valued at $292,673. The Company amortized $319,031 of financing costs related to the shares and warrants in the year ended December 31, 2019. The remaining net balance of the note at December 31, 2019 is $584,943, comprised of principal of $714,286 and net of unamortized original issuance discount interest of $14,451, financing costs of $38,125 and unamortized debt discount warrant feature of $76,767.

The note bears interest at the rate of the greater of (i) 12% per annum and (ii) the prime rate as set forth in the Wall Street Journal on April 5, 2019 plus 6.5% guaranteed over the holding period on the unconverted principal amount, on the terms set forth in the note (the “Stated Rate”). Any amount of principal or interest on the note which is not paid by the maturity date shall bear interest at the rate at the lesser of 24% per annum or the maximum legal amount permitted by law (the “Default Interest”).

Beginning on May 5, 2019 and on the same day of each and every calendar month thereafter throughout the term of the note, 1847 shall make monthly payments of interest only due under the note to Leonite at the Stated Rate as set forth above. 1847 shall pay to Leonite on an accelerated basis any outstanding principal amount of the note, along with accrued, but unpaid interest, from: (i) net proceeds of any future financings by 1847 Holdings, but not its subsidiaries, whether debt or equity, or any other financing proceeds, except any transaction having a specific use of proceeds requirement that such proceeds are to be used exclusively to purchase the assets or equity of an unaffiliated business and the proceeds are used accordingly; (ii) net proceeds from any sale of assets of 1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries other than sales of assets in the ordinary course of business or receipt by 1847 Holdings or any of its subsidiaries of any tax credits, subject to rights of Goedeker, or other financing sources of 1847 Holdings (including its subsidiaries) existing prior to the date of the note; and (iii) net proceeds from the sale of any assets outside of the ordinary course of business or securities in any subsidiary.

The note will mature 12 months from the issue date, or April 5, 2020, at which time the principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and other fees relating to the note, will be due and payable. Unless an event of default as set forth in the note has occurred, 1847 has the right to prepay principal amount of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, the note at any time prior to the maturity date at 115% of the principal amount (the “Premium”), provided, however, that if the prepayment is the result of any of the occurrence of any of the transactions described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) above then such prepayment shall be the unpaid principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due but without the Premium.

The note contains customary events of default, including in the event of (i) non-payment, (ii) a breach by 1847 of its covenants under the securities purchase agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the securities purchase agreement, or a breach of any of representations or warranties under the note, or (iii) the bankruptcy of 1847. The note also contains a cross default provision, whereby a default by 1847 of any covenant or other term or condition contained in any of the other financial instrument issued by of 1847 to Leonite or any other third party after the passage all applicable notice and cure or grace periods that results in a material adverse effect shall, at Leonite’s option, be considered a default under the note, in which event Leonite shall be entitled to apply all rights and remedies under the terms of the note.

Under the note, Leonite has the right at any time at its option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of the note into fully paid and non-assessable common shares or any shares of capital stock or other securities of 1847 Holdings into which such common shares may be changed or reclassified.

F-53

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 12 — CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (cont.)

Concurrently with 1847 and Leonite entering into the securities purchase agreement and as security for 1847’s obligations thereunder, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company entered into a security and pledge agreement with Leonite, pursuant to which, in order to secure 1847’s timely payment of the note and related obligations and the timely performance of each and all of its covenants and obligations under the securities purchase agreement and related documents, 1847 unconditionally and irrevocably granted, pledged and hypothecated to Leonite a continuing security interest in and to, a lien upon, assignment of, and right of set-off against, all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising assets. Such security interest is a first priority security interest with respect to the securities that 1847 Holdings owns in the Company and in 1847 Neese Inc. (another subsidiary of 1847 Holdings), and a third priority security interest with respect to all other assets.

The rights of Leonite to receive payments under the note are subordinate to the rights of Northpoint, Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that Leonite entered into with them.

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of the Company at that time. The lease is for a term five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, the Company is responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) the Company shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) the Company shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to the Company; (iv) the Company shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

$

2,300,000

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(299,245

)

Net balance

 

$

2,000,755

 

   

 

 

 

Lease liability, current portion

 

$

422,520

 

Lease liability, long-term

 

 

1,578,235

 

Total operating lease liability

 

$

2,000,755

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (months)

 

 

51

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

6.5

%

F-54

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 13 — OPERATING LEASE (cont.)

Maturities of the lease liability are as follows:

For the years-ended

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

540,000

 

2021

 

 

540,000

 

2022

 

 

540,000

 

2023

 

 

540,000

 

2024

 

 

135,000

 

Total lease payments

 

 

2,295,000

 

   

 

 

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(294,245

)

Total lease liability

 

$

2,000,755

 

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC (the “Manager”), a company owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, the Company’s chairman and controlling shareholder of 1847 Holdings.

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, the Company appointed the Manager to provide certain services to it for a quarterly management fee equal to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement); provided, however, that (i) pro-rated payments shall be made in the first quarter and the last quarter of the term, (ii) if the aggregate amount of management fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining fiscal quarters in such fiscal year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal year, does not exceed 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, and (iii) if the aggregate amount the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the parent management fee (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement) with respect to such fiscal quarter, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for such fiscal quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter, does not exceed the parent management fee calculated and payable with respect to such fiscal quarter.

The Company shall also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses of the Company which are specifically approved by the board of directors of the Company, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on behalf of Goedeker in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement.

F-55

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES (cont.)

The services provided by the Manager include: conducting general and administrative supervision and oversight of the Company’s day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and overseeing and consulting with respect to the Company’s business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

The Company expensed $183,790 in management fees for the year ended December 31, 2019. Payment of the management fee is subordinated to the payment of interest on the 9% subordinated promissory note (see Note 11), such that no payment of the management fee may be made if the Company is in default under the note with regard to interest payments and, for the avoidance of doubt, such payment of the management fee will be contingent on the Company being in good standing on all associated loan covenants. In addition, during the period that that any amounts are owed under the 9% subordinated promissory note or the earn out payments, the annual management fee shall be capped at $250,000. The rights of the Manager to receive payments under the offsetting management services agreement are also subordinate to the rights of Burnley and SBCC under separate subordination agreements that the Manager entered into with Burnley and SBCC on April 5, 2019. Accordingly, $63,653 due the Manager is classified as an accrued liability as of December 31, 2019.

Advances

As of December 31, 2019, the Manager had funded the Company $33,738 in related party advances. These advances are unsecured, bear no interest, and do not have formal repayment terms or arrangements.

As discussed in Note 12, on April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares to Leonite in order to induce Leonite to extend credit to the Company. The common shares were valued at $137,500.

NOTE 15 — STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Shares

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000 common shares as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had 1,000 common shares issued and outstanding. Each common share entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters coming before the shareholders of the Company for a vote.

Warrants

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued to SBCC a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100 (see Note 10).

F-56

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $2,068,150 that may be available to reduce future years’ taxable income.

The components for the provision of income taxes include:

 

December 31,
2019

Current Federal and State

 

$

 

Deferred Federal and State

 

 

(698,000

)

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(698,000

)

A reconciliation of the statutory US Federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

December 31,
2019

Federal tax

 

21.0

%

State tax

 

4.3

%

Gain on bargain purchase

 

0.0

%

Permanent items

 

0.0

%

Rate change from TCJA

 

0.0

%

Other

 

0.0

%

Effective income tax rate

 

25.3

%

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) reduces the corporate income tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. All deferred income tax assets and liabilities, including NOL’s have been measured using the new rate under the TCJA and are reflected in the valuation of these assets as of December 31, 2019.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between amounts recorded for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for tax purposes. The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

December 31,
2019

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

$

191,000

 

163(j) interest limitation

 

 

338,000

 

Loss carryforward

 

 

192,000

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

721,000

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

(23,000

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(23,000

)

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

698,000

 

The net deferred interest tax asset of $698,000 has been classified as a long-term asset.

The Company did not have prepaid or accrued taxes as of December 31, 2019. The Company has recorded no liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019.

F-57

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

NOTE 17 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In accordance with ASC 855-10, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2019 to the date these financial statements were issued and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these financial statements, except as set forth below.

On or about March 23, 2020, the Company submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association relating to Goedeker’s failure to pay the amount owed for the post closing working capital adjustment under the asset purchase agreement (see Note 8). The claim alleges, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Company is alleging damages in the amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs.

On April 21, 2020, we entered into an amendment to the offsetting management services agreement with the Manager (see Note 14), pursuant to which the quarterly management fee was amended to provide for a flat fee of $62,500, as opposed to the greater of $62,500 or 2% of adjusted net assets, which amendment will become effective upon closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

F-58

1,000,000 Shares of Common Stock

1847 Goedeker Inc.

____________________________

PROSPECTUS

____________________________

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

[            ], 2020

Through and including [ ], 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts, other than the SEC registration fee, [NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimates. We will pay all these expenses.

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

$

2,537.59

[NYSE American/Nasdaq] listing fee

 

 

50,000.00

FINRA filing fee

 

 

2,332.81

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

18,000.00

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

282,500.00

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

3,000.00

Printing and related fees

 

 

10,000.00

Miscellaneous

 

 

19,999.60

Total

 

$

388,370.00

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including payment of expenses in advance of resolution of any such matter.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We are in the process of obtaining standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to us with respect to payments which we may make to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The underwriting agreement, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification, under certain circumstances, by the underwriter of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

II-1

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued the following securities, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

Upon our inception on January 10, 2019, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock to 1847 Holdings at par value for a total purchase price of $1.00. On March 22, 2019, these shares were transferred to 1847 Holdco. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon exemptions provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering.

On April 5, 2019, we issued a ten-year warrant to SBCC in connection with the loan from SBCC. The warrant is exercisable for shares of our most senior capital stock equal to 5.0% of our outstanding equity securities on a fully-diluted basis, including all vested and unvested equity grants, for an aggregate exercise price equal to $100. The issuance of these securities was made in reliance upon exemptions provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for the offer and sale of securities not involving a public offering.

In instances described above where we indicate that we relied upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in issuing securities, our reliance was based upon the following factors: (a) the issuance of the securities was an isolated private transaction by us which did not involve a public offering; (b) there were only a limited number of offerees; (c) there were no subsequent or contemporaneous public offerings of the securities by us; (d) the securities were not broken down into smaller denominations; and (e) the negotiations for the sale of the stock took place directly between the offeree and us.

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement***

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

3.2

 

Bylaws of 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

4.1

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant (included in Exhibit 1.1)***

4.2

 

Warrant to Purchase Company Shares issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. on April 5, 2019*

5.1

 

Opinion of Bevilacqua PLLC as to the legality of the shares***

10.1

 

Management Services Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC*

10.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to Management Services Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC*

10.3

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Burnley Capital LLC and 1847 Partners LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

10.4

 

Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and 1847 Partners LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

10.5

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Goedeker Television Co., Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker*

10.6

 

Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., Goedeker Television Co. and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker*

10.7

 

9% Subordinated Promissory Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative, on April 5, 2019*

10.8

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Goedeker Television Co. and Burnley Capital LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.*

II-2

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.9

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between Goedeker Television Co. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.*

10.10

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and Burnley Capital LLC*

10.11

 

Revolving Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Burnley Capital LLC on April 5, 2019*

10.12

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.*

10.13

 

Term Loan Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. on April 5, 2019*

10.14

 

Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Burnley Capital LLC, Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Montgomery Bank*

10.15

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC*

10.16

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued by 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Leonite Capital LLC on April 5, 2019*

10.17

 

Security and Pledge Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC*

10.18

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, by Leonite Capital LLC in favor of Burnley Capital LLC and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.*

10.19

 

Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, by Leonite Capital LLC in favor of Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. and Acknowledged by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc.*

10.20

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 24, 2019, between Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC and 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

10.21

 

Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 2, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC*

10.22

 

Lease Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between S.H.J., L.L.C. and 1847 Goedeker Inc.*

10.23

 

Employment Letter Agreement, dated August 15, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore*†

10.24

 

Amendment to Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore*†

10.25

 

Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Robert D. Barry*†

10.26

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Michael Goedeker*†

10.27

 

Form of Independent Director Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director*†

10.28

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director*

10.29

 

Form of 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan**†

10.30

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan*†

10.31

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan*†

10.32

 

First Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 11, 2020, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC**

10.33

 

Letter Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.**

10.34

 

Settlement Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, among 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc., Goedeker Television Co., Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker**

10.35

 

12% Amended and Restated Promissory Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative, on June 2, 2020**

10.36

 

Security Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative**

10.37

 

Whirlpool Corporation Major Appliances Retail Dealer Sales Agreement, dated March 20, 2014, between Goedeker Television Co. and Whirlpool Corporation**

II-3

Exhibit No.

 

Description

14.1

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct*

23.1

 

Consent of Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC**

23.2

 

Consent of Bevilacqua PLLC (included in Exhibit 5.1)***

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)

99.1

 

Audit Committee Charter***

99.2

 

Compensation Committee Charter***

99.3

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter***

____________

*        Previously filed.

**      Filed herewith.

***    To be filed by amendment.

†        Executive compensation plan or arrangement

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on June 4, 2020.

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

       

Douglas T. Moore
Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

June 4, 2020

Douglas T. Moore

 

(principal executive officer)

   

*

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 4, 2020

Robert D. Barry

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

   

*

 

Chairman of the Board

 

June 4, 2020

Ellery W. Roberts

       

*

 

By:

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

 
     

Douglas T. Moore

 
     

Attorney-In-Fact

 

II-5

Exhibit 10.29

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purpose; Eligibility.

 

1.1. General Purpose. The name of this plan is the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purposes of the Plan are to (a) enable 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and any Affiliate to attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s long-term success; (b) provide incentives that align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of the stockholders of the Company; and (c) promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

1.2. Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are the Employees, Consultants and Directors of the Company and its Affiliates and such other individuals designated by the Committee who are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors after the receipt of Awards.

 

1.3. Available Awards. Awards that may be granted under the Plan include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards.

 

2. Definitions.

 

Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.

 

Applicable Laws” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate law, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

 

Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-qualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Award, a Performance Share Award or a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract, certificate or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan which may, in the discretion of the Company, be transmitted electronically to any Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.

 

 

 

 

Cause” means:

 

 With respect to any Employee or Consultant: (a) if the Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein; or (b) if no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause: (i) the commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iv) material violation of state or federal securities laws.

 

With respect to any Director, a determination by a majority of the disinterested Board members that the Director has engaged in any of the following: (a) malfeasance in office; (b) gross misconduct or neglect; (c) false or fraudulent misrepresentation inducing the director’s appointment; (d) willful conversion of corporate funds; or (e) repeated failure to participate in Board meetings on a regular basis despite having received proper notice of the meetings in advance.

 

The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

Change in Control” means (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a subsidiary of the Company; (b) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (c) the date which is 10 business days prior to the consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) the acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) any acquisition which complies with clauses, (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (e) of this definition or (D) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant); or (e) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or the analogous governing body) (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company); and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred unless such change shall satisfy the definition of a change in control under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been established, the full Board, or a committee of one or more members appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 and Section 3.4.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time in substitution thereof.

 

Consultant” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services.

 

Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Consultant or Director, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided further that if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this sentence shall only be given effect to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Director of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Committee or its delegate, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal or family leave of absence.

 

Covered Employee” has the same meaning as set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49.

 

Director” means a member of the Board.

 

Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment; provided, however, for purposes of determining the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established by the Committee. Except in situations where the Committee is determining Disability for purposes of the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Disability be deemed to have occurred unless such disability satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3

 

 

Effective Date” shall mean ___________, 2020.

 

Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock as determined below. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (or if no sales were reported the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution, or takes other appropriate action, expressly granting an Award to a Participant that specifies the key terms and conditions of the Award or, if a later date is set forth in such resolution, then such date as is set forth in such resolution.

 

Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Incumbent Directors” means individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board, provided that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

 

Negative Discretion” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) of the Plan. “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

 

Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

4

 

 

Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

Option Exercise Price” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option.

 

Outside Director” means a Director who is not a current employee of the Company, is not a former employee of the Company who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the year, has not been an officer of the Company and does not receive remuneration from the Company, directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director.

 

Participant” means an eligible person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Plan.

 

Performance Criteria” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division, business unit or operational unit of the Company) and may include the following: (a) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (b) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (c) net revenue or net revenue growth; (d) gross revenue; (e) gross profit or gross profit growth; (f) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (g) return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales; (h) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital); (i) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (j) gross or operating margins; (k) improvements in capital structure; (l) budget and expense management; (m) productivity ratios; (n) economic value added or other value added measurements; (o) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (p) expense targets; (q) margins; (r) operating efficiency; (s) working capital targets; (t) enterprise value; (u) safety record; (v) completion of acquisitions or business expansion; (w) achieving research and development goals and milestones; (x) achieving product commercialization goals; and (y) other criteria as may be set by the Committee from time to time.

 

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (o) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph, provided such accelerated vesting does not violate the rules of Code Section 409A. The Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

5

 

 

Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) or at any time thereafter, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; (g) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (h) foreign exchange gains and losses; and (i) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time not less than one fiscal quarter in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Performance Share” means the grant of a right to receive a number of actual shares of Common Stock or share units based upon the performance of the Company during a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

 

Permitted Transferee” means: (a) a member of the Optionholder’s immediate family (child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionholder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionholder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionholder) own more than 50% of the voting interests; (b) third parties designated by the Committee in connection with a program established and approved by the Committee pursuant to which Participants may receive a cash payment or other consideration in consideration for the transfer of a Non-qualified Stock Option; and (c) such other transferees as may be permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

Restricted Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7.2(a).

 

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 7.1 to receive, upon exercise, an amount payable in cash or shares equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (b) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.

 

6

 

 

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

3. Administration.

 

3.1. Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the Board’s sole discretion, by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee’s charter and Applicable Laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:

 

(a) to construe and interpret the Plan and apply its provisions;

 

(b) to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan;

 

(c) to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

(d) to delegate its authority to one or more Officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve Covered Employees or “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

 

(e) to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable Grant Date;

 

(f) from time to time to select, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, those Participants to whom Awards shall be granted;

 

(g) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be made subject to each Award;

 

(h) to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option;

 

(i) to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, the exercise price and medium of payment and vesting provisions, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant;

 

(j) to determine the target number of Performance Shares to be granted pursuant to a Performance Share Award, the performance measures that will be used to establish the performance goals, the performance period(s) and the number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant;

 

(k) to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;

 

(l) to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however, that if any such amendment impairs a Participant’s rights or increases a Participant’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Participant’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Participant’s consent;

 

7

 

 

(m) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absences which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of the Plan, which periods shall be no shorter than the periods generally applicable to Employees under the Company’s employment policies;

 

(n) to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;

 

(o) to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and

 

(p) to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, stockholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.

 

3.2. Committee Decisions Final. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participants, unless such decisions are determined by a court having jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.

 

3.3. Delegation. The Committee may delegate administration of the Plan to a subcommittee or subcommittees of one or more members of the Committee, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. The Committee shall have the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board or the Committee shall thereafter be to the committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and re-vest in the Board the administration of the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall act pursuant to a vote of the majority of its members or, in the case of a Committee comprised of only two members, the unanimous consent of its members, whether present or not, or by the written consent of the majority of its members and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the limitations prescribed by the Plan and the Board, the Committee may establish and follow such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may determine to be advisable.

 

3.4. Committee Composition. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. The Board shall have discretion to determine whether or not it intends to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3. However, if the Board intends to satisfy such exemption requirements, with respect to Awards to any Covered Employee and with respect to any insider subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be a compensation committee of the Board that at all times consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (a) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award or (b) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Nothing herein shall create an inference that an Award is not validly granted under the Plan in the event Awards are granted under the Plan by a compensation committee of the Board that does not at all times consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors.

 

8

 

 

3.5. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as Directors or members of the Committee, and to the extent allowed by Applicable Laws, the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with any appeal therein, to which the Committee may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, and against all amounts paid by the Committee in settlement thereof (provided, however, that the settlement has been approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or paid by the Committee in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reason to believe that the conduct complained of was unlawful; provided, however, that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, such Committee shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding.

 

4. Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

4.1. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 11, a total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one (1) Option or Stock Appreciation Right awarded. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock granted in connection with such Award. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards.

 

4.2. Shares of Common Stock available for distribution under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares reacquired by the Company in any manner.

 

4.3. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for future grants pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be added back as one (1) share if such shares were subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and as two (2) shares if such shares were subject to other Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: shares subject to an Award under the Plan shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (a) shares tendered in payment of an Option, (b) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, or (c) shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award.

 

9

 

 

5. Eligibility.

 

5.1. Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors and those individuals whom the Committee determines are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors following the Grant Date.

 

5.2. Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the Option Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Option Provisions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as such at any time or if an Option is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the terms of such Option do not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

6.1. Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date. The term of a Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Non-qualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date.

 

6.2. Exercise Price of An Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the Option Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.3. Exercise Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option. The Option Exercise Price of each Non-qualified Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10

 

 

6.4. Consideration. The Option Exercise Price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised or (b) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve, the Option Exercise Price may be paid: (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Common Stock (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (ii) a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (iii) by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iv) any combination of the foregoing methods; or (v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery (or attestation) to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company, directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall be prohibited with respect to any Award under this Plan.

 

6.5. Transferability of An Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.6. Transferability of a Non-qualified Stock Option. A Non-qualified Stock Option may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be transferable to a Permitted Transferee, upon written approval by the Committee to the extent provided in the Award Agreement. If the Non-qualified Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Non-qualified Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.7. Vesting of Options. Each Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.8. Termination of Continuous Service. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in an employment agreement the terms of which have been approved by the Committee, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, if the termination of Continuous Service is by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

11

 

 

6.9. Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for any reason would be prohibited at any time because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the term of the Option in accordance with Section 6.1 or (b) the expiration of a period after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service that is three months after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities law requirements.

 

6.10. Disability of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following such termination or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.11. Death of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following the date of death or (b) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.12. Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

7. Provisions of Awards Other Than Options.

 

7.1. Stock Appreciation Rights.  

 

(a) General. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in tandem with an Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). All such grants shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b) Grant Requirements. Any Related Right that relates to a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(c) Term of Stock Appreciation Rights. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

12

 

 

(d) Vesting of Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Stock Appreciation Right may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Stock Appreciation Rights may vary. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Stock Appreciation Right upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Exercise and Payment. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (ii) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right or related Option. Payment with respect to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be made on the date of exercise. Payment shall be made in the form of shares of Common Stock (with or without restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.

 

(f) Exercise Price. The exercise price of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of such Stock Appreciation Right. A Related Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same extent as the related Option; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right, by its terms, shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price per share thereof and no Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option unless the Committee determines that the requirements of Section 7.1(b) are satisfied.

 

(g) Reduction in the Underlying Option Shares. Upon any exercise of a Related Right, the number of shares of Common Stock for which any related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of shares for which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The number of shares of Common Stock for which a Related Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of any related Option by the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Option has been exercised.

 

7.2. Restricted Awards.  

 

(a) General. A Restricted Award is an Award of actual shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) or hypothetical Common Stock units (“Restricted Stock Units”) having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an identical number of shares of Common Stock, which may, but need not, provide that such Restricted Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose for such period (the “Restricted Period”) as the Committee shall determine. Each Restricted Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.2, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

13

 

 

(b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(i) Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant fails to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Award, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends; provided that, any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

 

(ii) The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in an Award Agreement. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock Units with a deferral feature, whereby settlement is deferred beyond the vesting date until the occurrence of a future payment date or event set forth in an Award Agreement (“Deferred Stock Units”). At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents shall be withheld by the Company and credited to the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents credited to the Participant’s account at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.

 

(c) Restrictions.

 

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

 

14

 

 

(ii) Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in Applicable Laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

 

(d) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Awards, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. No Restricted Award may be granted or settled for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2(c) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, or at the expiration of the deferral period with respect to any outstanding Deferred Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding vested Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 7.2(b)(ii) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and the interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed in the case of Restricted Stock Units, or the delivery date in the case of Deferred Stock Units, with respect to each Vested Unit.

 

(f) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend in such form as the Company deems appropriate.

 

15

 

 

7.3. Performance Share Awards.  

 

(a) Grant of Performance Share Awards. Each Performance Share Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Performance Share Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.3, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock or stock-denominated units subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Participant; (ii) the performance period applicable to any Award; (iii) the conditions that must be satisfied for a Participant to earn an Award; and (iv) the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

 

(b) Earning Performance Share Awards. The number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. No payout shall be made with respect to any Performance Share Award except upon written certification by the Committee that the minimum threshold performance goal(s) have been achieved.

 

7.4. Performance Compensation Awards.  

 

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award.

 

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

 

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.4(c) and record the same in writing.

 

16

 

 

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

 

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii) Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

 

(iv) Use of Discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained.

 

(v) Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 7.4 but in no event later than 2 1/2 months following the end of the fiscal year during which the Performance Period is completed.

 

8. Securities Law Compliance. Each Award Agreement shall provide that no shares of Common Stock shall be purchased or sold thereunder unless and until (a) any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel and (b) if required to do so by the Company, the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company a letter of investment intent in such form and containing such provisions as the Committee may require. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

9. Use of Proceeds from Stock. Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Awards, or upon exercise thereof, shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

17

 

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1. Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Committee shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest, provided any such acceleration or exercisability or vesting is in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.2. Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Common Stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 hereof.

 

10.3. No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (a) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause or (b) the service of a Director pursuant to the By-laws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

10.4. Transfer; Approved Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a transfer of employment to the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code if the applicable Award is subject thereto.

 

10.5. Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement and subject to the discretion of the Committee, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

18

 

 

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the Grant Date of any Award, Awards granted under the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 4 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Section 4 will be equitably adjusted or substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. In the case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 11, unless the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, the Committee shall, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification of such Non-qualified Stock Options within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any adjustments made under this Section 11 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

12. Effect of Change in Control.

 

12.1. In the discretion of the Board and the Committee, any Award Agreement may provide, or the Board or the Committee may provide by amendment of any Award Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, that in the event of a Change in Control, Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

12.2. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price that equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

12.3. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

13. Amendment of the Plan and Awards.

 

13.1. Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend or terminate the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock and Section 13.3, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws. At the time of such amendment, the Board shall determine, upon advice from counsel, whether such amendment will be contingent on stockholder approval.

 

13.2. Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

13.3. Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan and/or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

19

 

 

13.4. No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

13.5. Amendment of Awards. The Committee at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however, that the Committee may not affect any amendment which would otherwise constitute an impairment of the rights under any Award unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

14. General Provisions.

 

14.1. Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

14.2. Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

14.3. Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

14.4. Sub-plans. The Committee may from time to time establish sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying blue sky, securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company intends to grant Awards. Any sub-plans shall contain such limitations and other terms and conditions as the Committee determines are necessary or desirable. All sub-plans shall be deemed a part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to the Participants in the jurisdiction for which the sub-plan was designed.

 

14.5. Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. All of such programs and procedures shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A of the Code.

 

20

 

 

14.6. Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan.

 

14.7. Recapitalizations. Each Award Agreement shall contain provisions required to reflect the provisions of Section 11.

 

14.8. Delivery. Upon exercise of a right granted under this Plan, the Company shall issue Common Stock or pay any amounts due within a reasonable period of time thereafter. Subject to any statutory or regulatory obligations the Company may otherwise have, for purposes of this Plan, thirty (30) days shall be considered a reasonable period of time.

 

14.9. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

14.10. Other Provisions. The Award Agreements authorized under the Plan may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Awards, as the Committee may deem advisable.

 

14.11. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six (6) month period immediately following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A of the Code and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

 

14.12. Disqualifying Dispositions. Any Participant who shall make a “disposition” (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) of all or any portion of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option or within one year after the issuance of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option (a “Disqualifying Disposition”) shall be required to immediately advise the Company in writing as to the occurrence of the sale and the price realized upon the sale of such shares of Common Stock.

 

14.13. Section 16. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.13, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

 

21

 

 

14.14. Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

14.15. Expenses. The costs of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

14.16. Severability. If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.17. Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

14.18. Non-Uniform Treatment. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements.

 

15. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock Award, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

16. Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically on April 18, 2028. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after such date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any earlier date pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, provided any such suspension or termination is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

17. Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by Federal law, the law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of law rules.

 

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

As approved by the stockholders of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

22

Exhibit 10.32

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

This first amendment to the Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 11, 2020 (the “Amendment”), is entered into by 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“EFSH”), 1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC., a Delaware corporation and majority- owned subsidiary of EFSH (“Holdco”), and 1847 GOEDEKER INC. a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdco (“GI” and with EFSH and Holdco, collectively hereinafter called “Borrower”) and Leonite Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Holder are parties to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note with an Issue Date as of April 5, 2019 (the “Note”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have those meanings given to them in the Note;

 

WHEREAS, Pursuant to the terms of the Note, the Maturity Date of the Note is April 5, 2020 (i.e., twelve months from the Issue Date, the “Original Maturity Date”);

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Holder desire to extend the Original Maturity Date to October 5, 2020 (the “Extended Maturity Date”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed by each party hereto as follows:

 

Amendment to the Note. It is hereby agreed and understood that the Note shall be amended as follows:

 

1. The Extended Maturity Date shall be October 5, 2020, and the Original Maturity Date shall have no further effect, except as set forth in the Amendment.

 

2. Borrower’s failure to repay the Note along with accrued and unpaid interest on the Original Maturity Date shall not constitute an Event of Default under the Note.

 

3. During the period through the Extended Maturity Date, interest shall accrue and be due and payable monthly according to the terms of the Note.

 

4. The Principal Amount of the Note shall be increased by $207,145 as of the Original Maturity Date, as a forbearance fee.

 

5. In the event that the Borrower completes an offering of debt, equity, or closes on an asset sale, (other than in the ordinary course of business), the Borrower shall promptly use the net proceeds of such offering to repay the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall this clause cause the Borrower to default on any of its agreements and obligations that are outstanding at the time of this Amendment.

 

6. Upon closing by Borrower of its acquisition of Asien’s Appliance, Inc., Holder shall be granted a 5% equity interest in such acquisition. In the event that Borrower does not consummate the acquisition, Borrower and Holder agree to negotiate in good faith to exchange such interest with another asset or other term of that would approximate the economic benefit that would have been derived by Holder.

 

7. EFSH shall issue to Holder warrants (the “Additional Warrants”) exercisable for 200,000 of its Common Shares. The Additional Warrants shall have a term of five (5) years and shall have the same form as the Warrants issued pursuant to section 3.1 of the Note.

 

 

 

 

8. The Borrower shall reimburse the Holder $2,000 for legal fees incurred for this Amendment.

 

9. Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Note is and shall continue to be in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

10. This Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto in counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the transactions contemplated by this Note shall be brought only in the state and/or federal courts located in Rockland County, New York.

 

12. The parties to this Note hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. In the event that any provision of this Note or any other agreement delivered in connection herewith is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform with such statute or rule of law. Any such provision which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of any agreement. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

13. The headings contained in this Amendment are for ease of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Amendment.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower and the Holder have caused this Amendment to be signed in their names by their duly authorized officers this May 11, 2020.

 

BORROWER  
   
1847 HOLDINGS LLC  
   
By: /s/ Ellery W. Roberts  
Name: Ellery W. Roberts  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  
   
1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC.  
   
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry  
Name: Robert D. Barry  
Title: President  
   
1847 GOEDEKER INC.  
   
By: /s/ Robert D. Barry  
Name: Robert D. Barry  
Title: Chief Financial Officer  
   
HOLDER  
   
LEONITE CAPITAL, LLC  
   
By: /s/ Avi Geller  
Name: Avi Geller  
Title: Chief Investment Officer  

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.33

 

Goedeker’s
Trusted since 1951

13850 Manchester Rd. | Ballwin, MO 63011

 

June 2, 2020

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

9W Broad Street

Stamford, CT 06902

Attention: Crandall P. Deery

 

Re: Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2019 (the “Loan Agreement”), among 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”), as borrower, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (the “Lender”).

 

Mr. Deery:

 

As you are aware, the Company has entered into an engagement letter with Think Equity, a division of Fordham Management, Inc., relating to a proposed initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “IPO”). On April 22, 2020, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-237786) (the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) related to the IPO, which is available at www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1810140/000121390020009808/fs12019_1847goedeker.htm.

 

It is currently anticipated that the Company will offer $15 million of shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share between $14.00 and $16.00. As stated in the Registration Statement, the Company plans to use the proceeds of the IPO to, among other things, repay and satisfy in full of all principal, interest, fees and all other amounts owing to the Lender by the Company and other Loan Parties (as defined in the Loan Agreement) under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement) (the “Payoff”).

 

In connection with the IPO, the Company plans to take the following actions: (i) amend and restate the Company’s current Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, increase the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock from 5,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, authorize the Company to issue 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, and change the par value of the Company’s capital stock from $0.001 to $0.0001; (ii) effect a 3,166.666-for-1 forward stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock to increase the outstanding common stock from 1,000 shares to 3,166,666 shares; (iii) establish an equity incentive plan to allow the Company to grant restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries and reserve 500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under such equity incentive plan; and (iv) grant a stock option to Douglas T. Moore, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to purchase 175,438 shares of the Company’s common stock at the IPO price per share (the “Related Actions”).

 

 

 

 

By signing below, upon consummation of the Payoff, provided that (i) the Payoff is consummated concurrently with or prior to the closing of the IPO and (ii) that the Payoff is consummated on or before September 30, 2020, the Lender hereby consents and agrees that the Company may complete the IPO and the Related Actions and hereby waives any and all provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement and any related agreements or instruments entered into in connection with the Loan Agreement that would prohibit completion of the IPO and the Related Actions or that would trigger any prepayment or default under the Loan Agreement in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the provisions of Sections 7.8 and 7.10 of the Loan Agreement. The Lender further agrees that the IPO and the Related Actions shall not constitute a “Change of Control” as defined in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement.

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued the Lender a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. Per our recent discussions, we understand that the Lender is willing to exercise the Warrant immediately prior to closing of the IPO.

 

By signing below, after consummation of the Payoff, provided that (i) the Payoff is consummated concurrently with or prior to the closing of the IPO and (ii) that the Payoff is consummated on or before September 30, 2020, the Lender hereby agrees to exercise the Warrant for the purchase of 166,667 shares of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to, and contingent upon, closing of the IPO. In accordance with Section 3.5 of the Warrant, the Company hereby grants piggyback registration rights to the Lender and agrees as follows:

 

1. The Company shall give the Lender at least 30 days’ prior written notice of each filing by the Company of a registration statement (other than in connection with the IPO or a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or on any successor forms thereto) with SEC. If requested by the Lender in writing within ten days after receipt of any such notice, the Company shall, at the Company’s sole expense (other than the underwriting discounts, if any, payable in respect of the shares sold by the Lender), register all or, the Lender’s option, any portion of the shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant (the “Registrable Securities”) concurrently with the registration of such other securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the public offering and sale of the Registrable Securities through the securities exchange, if any, on which the Company’s common stock are being sold or on the over-the-counter market, and will use its reasonable best efforts through its officers, directors, auditors, and counsel to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable. If the managing underwriter of any such offering shall determine and advise the Company that, in its opinion, the distribution of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in the registration concurrently with the securities being registered by the Company would materially adversely affect the distribution of such securities by the Company, then the Company will include in such registration first, the securities that the Company proposes to sell and second, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, to the extent permitted by the managing underwriter.

 

2. In the event of a registration pursuant to these provisions, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities so registered to be registered or qualified for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Lender may reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business in any state by reason of this section in which it is not otherwise required to qualify to do business.

 

2

 

 

3. The Company shall keep effective any registration or qualification contemplated by these provisions and shall from time to time amend or supplement each applicable registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, application, document and communication for such period of time as shall be required to permit the Lender to complete the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities covered thereby.

 

4. In the event of a registration pursuant to these provisions, the Company shall furnish to the Lender such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case, including all exhibits), of each prospectus contained in such registration statement and each supplement or amendment thereto (including each preliminary prospectus), all of which shall conform to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and such other documents, as the Lender may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

5. The Company shall notify the Lender within three (3) business days after such registration statement has become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

 

6. The Company shall advise the Lender within three (3) business days after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and within three (3) business days take action using its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued.

 

7. The Company shall within three (3) business days notify the Lender at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and at the reasonable request of the Lender prepare and furnish to it such number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the Lender, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made. The Lender shall suspend all sales of the Registrable Securities upon receipt of such notice from the Company and shall not re-commence sales until they receive copies of any necessary amendment or supplement to such prospectus, which shall be delivered to the Lender within 45 days of the date of such notice from the Company.

 

8. If requested by the underwriter for any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, the Company and the Lender will enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriter for such offering, which shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, the Company’s counsel and the Lender’ counsel, and the underwriter, and such agreement shall contain such representations and warranties by the Company and the Lender and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in an underwriting agreement with respect to secondary distributions solely by selling stockholders.

 

3

 

 

9. The rights of the Lender under these provisions shall apply equally to the filing by the Company of an offering statement on Form 1-A under Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act and, if the Company files such an offering statement instead of a registration statement, all references to (a) registration statement shall be deemed to be references to offering statement, (b) prospectus shall be deemed to be references to offering circular, and (c) effective date of a registration statement shall be deemed to be references to qualification date of an offering statement. The Lender’s rights under these provisions shall automatically terminate once the Lender has sold all of the Registrable Securities or all of the Registrable Securities may be resold by the Lender under Rule 144 of the Securities Act without limitation as to the volume of Registrable Securities to be sold.

 

The Lender acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing piggyback registration rights shall not apply to the Registration Statement filed in connection with the IPO.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED, CONSENT TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.  
     
By: /s/ Jay Garcia  
Name: Jay Garcia  
Title: Managing Partner  

 

cc: Alan Roth, Winston & Strawn LLP

Louis A. Bevilacqua, Bevilacqua PLLC

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.34

 

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 2, 2020, by and among 1847 GOEDEKER HOLDCO INC., a Delaware corporation (“Holdco”), 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (“1847 Sub”), GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC., a Missouri corporation (“GTC”), STEVE GOEDEKER, an individual (“Steve”) and MIKE GOEDEKER, an individual (“Mike”). Holdco, 1847 Sub, GTC, Steve and Mike are sometimes referred to herein as, collectively, the “Parties” and, each, a “Party.”

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, 1847 Sub, as “Buyer”, and GTC, Steve and Mike (collectively, the “Sellers”), previously entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 18, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and among 1847 Sub, Holdco and Sellers (collectively, and as so further amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Asset Purchase Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, 1847 Sub purchased all or substantially all of the assets of GTC, as further described in the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchased Assets”);

 

WHEREAS, in consideration of the sale, delivery and assignment of the Purchased Assets, 1847 Sub agreed to (i) pay an aggregate purchase price of $6,200,000.00 (the “Purchase Price”), subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, (ii) assume certain liabilities of GTC, and (iii) issue to each of Steve and Mike, an 11.25% non-dilutable interest in all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Holdco;

 

WHEREAS, a portion of the Purchase Price was evidenced by that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note dated as of April 5, 2019, in the original principal amount of $4,100,000.00, executed by 1847 Sub to the order of Steve, in his capacity as Sellers’ representative (the “Note”);

 

WHEREAS, the $1,500,000.00 cash portion of the Purchase Price is subject to a working capital adjustment (the “Working Capital Adjustment”), as further described in the Asset Purchase Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, certain disputes relating the Asset Purchase Agreement have arisen between the Parties, including (i) 1847 Sub’s non-payment of certain amounts due and owing under the Note, and (ii) the amount of the Working Capital Adjustment;

 

WHEREAS, the Parties are involved in a pending arbitration matter styled In Re 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. v. Steve Goedeker, Mike Goedeker and Goedeker Television Co., Inc., regarding the Parties’ disputes related to the Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Arbitration”);

 

WHEREAS, the Holdco shares issued to Steve and Mike are subject to that certain Stockholders Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and among, Holdco, 1847 Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Leonite”), Steve and Mike (the “Stockholders Agreement”);

 

1

 

 

WHEREAS, 1847 Sub is undertaking an initial public offering of at least $10 million of its securities (the “IPO”) with the assistance of ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. (the “Underwriter”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, Holdco proposes to distribute restricted stock in 1847 Sub currently held by Holdco to the current Holdco shareholders on a pro-rata basis;

 

WHEREAS, Holdings desires to terminate the Stockholders Agreement upon the closing of the IPO; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties now desire to fully and finally resolve the disputes giving rise to the Arbitration, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and to take certain actions further described herein to permit Holdco and 1847 Sub to proceed with the IPO, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The above recitals are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and form a material part hereof as though set forth herein verbatim.

 

2. Definitions. The following initially capitalized terms and phrases shall, when used herein, have the following meanings ascribed to them:

 

a. “1847 Parties” means (i) Holdco, and (ii) 1847 Sub.

 

b. “Burnley” means Burnley Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

c. “Burnley Indebtedness” means all indebtedness owed by 1847 Sub and/or Holdco to Burnley under the Burnley Loan Agreement or otherwise.

 

d. “Burnley Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and among 1847 Sub, Holdco and Burnley (as amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time).

 

e. Burnley Subordination Agreement means that certain Subordination Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and between Burnley and GTC.

 

2

 

 

f. “Claim” or “Claims” means any and all claims, counterclaims, actions, causes of action, litigation, demands, defenses, judgments, settlements, suits, arbitrations, proceedings (administrative or otherwise), controversies, investigations, audits, awards, decisions, injunctions, judgments, orders, rulings, subpoenas, verdicts, obligations, contracts, debts, loans, undertakings, costs, liens, damages (including, without limitation, incidental and consequential damages), losses, liabilities, obligations, indebtedness, settlement payments, penalties, assessments, citations, directives, disbursements, or expenses, of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’, and experts’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred in investigating, defending against, settling, or prosecuting any claim, litigation, or proceeding), whether any of the foregoing arise out of contract, tort, violation of laws or regulations or otherwise, for, upon, or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, either direct or consequential, whether known or unknown, from the beginning of time until the Effective Date.

 

g. “Closing” shall mean the consummation of the transactions contemplated by Sections 4 through 6 of this Agreement.

 

h. “Closing Date” shall mean the first business day after the Effective Date.

 

i. “Closing of the IPO” shall mean 1847 Sub’s sale of its securities to the Underwriter or another underwriter engaged by the Company in connection with the IPO.

 

j. “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.

 

k. “Goedeker Parties” means (i) GTC, (ii) Steve, and (iii) Mike.

 

l. “Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or governmental authority.

 

m. “Insolvent” means that the sum of liabilities of the applicable person exceeds the present fair market value of such person’s assets.

 

n. “IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

o. “Prospectus” means the prospectus included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 1847 Sub (File No. 333-237786) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 22, 2020 as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

p. “Restricted Stock” means shares of 1847 Sub issued pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement which are subject to the restrictions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

q. “SBCC” means Small Business Community Capital L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

r. “SBCC Indebtedness” means all indebtedness owed by 1847 Sub and/or Holdco to SBCC under the SBCC Loan Agreement or otherwise.

 

s. “SBCC Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and among 1847 Sub, Holdco and SBCC (as amended, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time).

 

3

 

 

t. SBCC Subordination Agreement means that certain Subordination Agreement dated April 5, 2019, by and between SBCC and GTC.

 

u. “Transaction Documents” means this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated to be delivered pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

3. Effectiveness. The Parties acknowledge and agree that although the Parties are signing this Agreement and the exhibits hereto on the date hereof, the effectiveness of this Agreement and such exhibits is conditioned upon the Closing of the IPO, and, accordingly, the terms and conditions and obligations of the Parties contemplated herein shall only become effective upon the date that the Closing of the IPO occurs (the “Effective Date”). If the Closing of the IPO does not occur, for any reason or no reason, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be deemed void and of no further force or effect. The 1847 Parties shall provide the Goedeker Parties (i) at least ten (10) days advance written notification of the anticipated date of the Closing of the IPO, and (ii) written confirmation (the “Confirmation”) of the Closing of the IPO no later than 5:00 PM Eastern Standard Time on the date of such closing. The Confirmation shall thereafter be attached as Exhibit A to a fully executed copy of this Agreement.

 

4. Promissory Note.

 

a. Termination of Subordination Agreements. On or before the Closing Date, and as a condition precedent to the effectiveness hereof, 1847 Sub and Holdco shall cause both of the Burnley Subordination Agreement and the SBCC Subordination Agreement to terminate and be of no further force and effect (the “Subordination Agreement Terminations”) by fully paying and discharging the Burnley Indebtedness and the SBCC Indebtedness with proceeds of the Closing of the IPO or otherwise.

 

b. Payment by 1847 Sub. On the Closing Date, 1847 Sub shall pay to Steve the aggregate amount of (i) $516,301.26, which is equal to the principal due and owing for quarters 2, 3, and 4 under the Note (the “Outstanding Principal Amount”), plus (ii) all accrued, unpaid interest thereon, which is equal to $324,671.94 as of June 1, 2020, and shall accrue at a rate of $983.85 per day thereafter (the “Outstanding Interest Amount”), plus (iii) if the Closing Date occurs on or after July 1, 2020, any additional quarterly payments then due and owing under the Note (the “Quarterly Payments”, and together with the Outstanding Principal Amount and the Outstanding Interest Amount, the “Outstanding Note Amount”).

 

c. Amendment to Note. On the date hereof, the Note shall be amended and restated and replaced, by an amended and restated promissory note executed by 1847 Sub to the order of Steve, in his capacity as Sellers’ representative (the “Amended and Restated Note”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Amended and Restated Note shall have an original principal amount of $4,185,418.00 with interest payable thereon at a rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum and shall be effective upon the Closing Date.

 

4

 

 

d. Security Agreement. On the date hereof, 1847 Sub shall execute a security agreement in favor of Steve, in his capacity as Sellers’ representative (the “Security Agreement”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. The Security Agreement shall grant Steve a continuing first priority security interest in 1847 Sub’s Collateral (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) to secure payment and performance of 1847 Sub’s obligations under the Amended and Restated Note and shall be effective upon the Closing Date.

 

e. Executed Agreements. The Parties shall execute the Amended and Restated Note and the Security Agreement on the date hereof and deliver to each other signed copies of the same; provided, however, that the Amended and Restated Note and Security Agreement shall only become effective upon the Closing of the IPO and receipt of the Outstanding Note Amount.

 

5. Stockholders Agreement/Exchange of Holdco Stock.

 

a. On the date hereof, the Parties are executing an agreement terminating the Stockholders Agreement (the “Termination of Stockholders Agreement”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. The Termination of Stockholders Agreement shall be deemed to become effective immediately upon the Closing of the IPO so long as the Outstanding Note Amount is paid at the Closing of the IPO and the other obligations of the 1847 Parties hereunder that are to take place at the Closing of the IPO are then satisfied.

 

b. The Parties acknowledge and agree that immediately prior to the Closing of the IPO, it is contemplated that 1847 Sub will complete a 3,166.666-for-1 forward stock split of its outstanding common stock (the “Stock Split”). As a result of the Stock Split, 1847 Sub’s issued and outstanding common stock will be increased from 1,000 shares (currently outstanding) to shares 3,166,666 shares. The Underwriter may require 1847 Sub to effectuate the Stock Split on a basis different than 3,166.666-for-1 and none of the Parties objects or will object to a Stock Split on a different basis if proposed by the Underwriter.

 

c. On or before the Closing Date, Holdco shall distribute or cause to be distributed, in a transaction which qualifies under Section 355 of the IRC, shares of the Restricted Stock of 1847 Sub to the stockholders of Holdco (the “Distribution”), as follows (it being understood that the below table reflects the Stock Split on a 3,166.666-for-1 and such ratio is subject to change):

 

Holdco
Stockholder

No. of Holdco

Shares Held
Immediately Prior to
Closing of IPO

Percentage of
Holdco Shares Held
Immediately Prior to
Closing of IPO
No. of 1847 Sub
Shares to be
Received
Immediately Upon
the Closing of IPO
Holdings 1,400 70.0% 2,216,666
Steve 225 11.25% 356,250
Mike 225 11.25% 356,250
Leonite 150 7.50% 237,500

 

5

 

 

d. Upon the request of Mike or Steve from to time to time, 1847 Sub shall be responsible (at its cost) for promptly supplying to 1847 Sub’s transfer agent and Steve and/or Mike a customary legal opinion letter of its counsel (the “Legal Counsel Opinion”) to the effect that the resale of the shares of common stock of 1847 Sub received by Mike and Steve in the Distribution (the “Shares”) is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended pursuant to Rule 144 (provided the requirements of Rule 144 are satisfied). Should 1847 Sub’s legal counsel fail for any reason to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, Mike and Steve may (at 1847 Sub’s cost) secure another legal counsel to issue the Legal Counsel Opinion, and 1847 Sub will instruct its transfer agent to accept such opinion. 1847 Sub shall not impede the removal by its stock transfer agent of the restricted legend from any certificate representing Shares upon receipt by the transfer agent of a Rule 144 Opinion Letter or the sale of such Shares in accordance with Rule 144.

 

e. On the Closing Date, 1847 Sub shall pay Steve the amount of $10,000.00 for legal fees incurred by Steve in connection with the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, the documents contemplated hereunder or attached hereto, and the transactions contemplated herein (“Steve’s Attorney’s Fees”).

 

6. Arbitration.

 

a. The Parties acknowledge and agree that there is a genuine, good-faith dispute over the amount, if any, of the Working Capital Adjustment.

 

b. As of the Closing Date, Holdco and 1847 Sub, in consideration of the transactions contemplated herein, agree to relinquish and release any Claim each now has or may ever have in or related to the Working Capital Adjustment.

 

c. No Working Capital Adjustment is or shall be required under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

d. On the Closing Date, the 1847 Parties shall execute a stipulation of dismissal of the Arbitration, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

 

6

 

 

7. Asset Purchase Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

a. All the Parties to the Asset Purchase Agreement have satisfied all of their respective obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that the (i) the “Earn Out Payments” contemplated in Section 1.6 of the Asset Purchase Agreement and (ii) the “Covenant Not to Compete” set forth in Section 4.3 of the Asset Purchase Agreement shall each continue in full force and effect on and after the Closing Date of this Agreement.

 

b. Effective upon the Closing of the IPO Section 4.9 of the Asset Purchase Agreement captioned “Rights to Participate in Future Stock Issuances” shall be terminated and of no force and effect such that the right to participate in future stock issuances provided for thereunder shall not apply to the IPO or any stock issuance of 1847 Sub following the IPO.

 

8. Lock Up Agreement.

 

a. Steve and Mike shall execute the Lock Up Agreement in the form of Exhibit F to this Agreement on the date hereof. The Lock Up Agreement shall automatically become effective upon the Closing of the IPO.

 

9. Closing Deliverables.

 

a. The 1847 Parties shall deliver the following items at or in connection with the Closing:

 

i. The Outstanding Note Amount, to be delivered by wire transfer in accordance with wire transfer instructions supplied by the Goedeker Parties;

 

ii. Stock certificates representing 356,250 shares of Restricted Stock to Steve (subject to equitable adjustment by the Underwriter, as set forth in Section 5.b of this Agreement);

 

iii. Stock certificates representing 356,250 shares of Restricted Stock to Mike (subject to equitable adjustment by the Underwriter, as set forth in Section 5.b of this Agreement);

 

iv. Steve’s Attorney’s Fees, to be delivered by wire transfer in accordance with wire transfer instructions supplied by the Goedeker Parties; and

 

v. A stipulation of dismissal of the Arbitration, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, executed by the 1847 Parties or their respective legal counsel on behalf of Holdco and 1847 Sub.

 

b. The executed documents delivered by the Parties to each other on the date hereof, including the Termination of Stockholders Agreement and the Lock Up Agreements shall automatically become effective upon the Closing of the IPO.

 

7

 

 

10. Representations and Warranties of the 1847 Parties. With respect to all periods through and including the Closing Date, the representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments of the 1847 Parties contained in this Agreement will survive the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Agreement. Each of the 1847 Parties, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Goedeker Parties as follows:

 

a. Authority. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary organizational action in respect thereof, as applicable, on the part of each of the 1847 Parties. This Agreement represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the 1847 Parties, enforceable against each of the 1847 Parties in accordance with its terms.

 

b. Closing of the IPO. The definition of “Closing of the IPO” used in this Settlement Agreement is not inconsistent with how such term is defined in any other agreement entered into by any of the 1847 Parties in connection with or related to the IPO.

 

c. Securities Laws. The 1847 Parties have taken or will take all necessary actions to comply with the federal and/or state securities laws and rules and regulations applicable to the IPO and the Distribution.

 

d. Tax-Free Distribution. The 1847 Parties have determined that the Distribution satisfies the requirements necessary for said Distribution to receive tax-free treatment under Section 355 and related provisions of the IRC.

 

e. No Prohibition. No order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of (i) the IPO, the Distribution or the respective transactions related thereto, or (ii) any other transactions contemplated herein, is in effect or will be in effect as of the Closing Date, and no other event outside the control of 1847 Parties shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of (i) the IPO. the Distribution or the respective transactions related thereto, or (ii) any other transactions contemplated herein.

 

f. Solvency. None of the 1847 Parties is now insolvent and none of the 1847 Parties will be rendered insolvent by any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

11. Representations and Warranties of the Goedeker Parties. With respect to all periods through and including the Closing Date, the representations, warranties, covenants and acknowledgments of the Goedeker Parties contained in this Agreement will survive the execution, delivery and acceptance of this Agreement. Each of the Goedeker Parties, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the 1847 Parties as follows:

 

a. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary organizational action in respect thereof, as applicable, on the part of GTC. This Agreement represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of the GTC, Steve and Mike, enforceable against the GTC, Steve and Mike in accordance with its terms.

 

8

 

 

12. Mutual Releases.

 

a. As of the Closing Date, each of the 1847 Parties on behalf of itself, and its respective officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, members, managers, successors, and assigns (each an “1847 Related Party” and collectively, the “1847 Related Parties”), releases, remises, and forever discharges each of the Goedeker Parties, and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, parents, shareholders, officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, members, managers, executors, personal representatives, trustees, heirs, beneficiaries, successors, and assigns (each a “Goedeker Released Party” and collectively, the “Goedeker Released Parties”) from any and all Claims that such 1847 Related Party now has or has ever had against the respective Goedeker Released Parties (each an “1847 Claim” and collectively, the “1847 Claims”), whether arising contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause, or event occurring contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that 1847 Claims shall not include, and nothing contained herein shall operate to release, (i) any obligations of any Party hereto relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement contemplated, executed, or delivered in connection with any of the foregoing or (ii) any Claim(s) that arise out of or relate to any misrepresentation or breach of any covenant under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement contemplated, executed, or delivered in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to the failure of any representation or warranty made not being true and correct in all respects when made. Without limiting the foregoing, the 1847 Related Parties’ releases include all Claims asserted in the Arbitration or which could have been asserted in the Arbitration.

 

b. As of the Closing Date, each of Goedeker Parties, on behalf of himself or itself, and his or its respective officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, members, managers, executors, personal representatives, trustees, heirs, beneficiaries, successors, and assigns (each a “Goedeker Related Party” and collectively, the “Goedeker Related Parties”), releases, remises, and forever discharges each of the 1847 Parties and their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, parents, shareholders, officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, members, managers, successors, and assigns (each an “1847 Released Party” and collectively, the “1847 Released Parties”) from any and all Claims that such Goedeker Related Party now has or has ever had against the respective 1847 Released Parties (each a “Goedeker Claim” and collectively, the “Goedeker Claims”), whether arising contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause, or event occurring contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, that Goedeker Claims shall not include, and nothing contained herein shall operate to release, (i) any obligations of any party hereto relating to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement contemplated, executed, or delivered in connection with any of the foregoing or (ii) any Claim(s) that arise out of or relate to any misrepresentation or breach of any covenant under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, or any other document contemplated, executed, or delivered in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to the failure of any representation or warranty made not being true and correct in all respects when made. Without limiting the foregoing, the Goedeker Related Parties’ releases include all Claims asserted in the Arbitration or which could have been asserted in the Arbitration.

 

9

 

 

13. No Admission of Liability. Neither this Agreement nor any action taken in connection with this Agreement by any party hereto shall in any way be construed as an admission of any liability, wrongdoing, or violation of law, regulation, contract or policy.

 

14. Confidentiality. None of the Parties shall, without the approval of all of the other Parties, make any statement, communication, press release or other public announcement concerning this Agreement or any other document relating hereto or thereto, except (a) as and to the extent such statement or communication is previously consented to, in writing, by each of the other Parties, (b) as and to the extent that such communication shall be required by law, in which case the other party shall be given prior notice thereof, (c) to their professional advisors, attorney, accountants, investors, prospective investors, agents and employees as and to the extent reasonably necessary to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other document relating hereto or thereto, (d) in connection with the IPO, or (e) in connection with the reasonable business activities of any such Party. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall be summarized in the Prospectus and shall be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus forms a part.

 

15. Specific Enforcement. Each Party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the damages resulting from any breach of any of the covenants set forth herein may be intangible in whole or in part and that the promisees are entitled to seek specific enforcement, injunctive relief, and other equitable remedies in addition to monetary damages and legal remedies. Each party hereto hereby stipulates to the entering of such injunctive relief enforcing the provisions hereof.

 

16. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the Closing.

 

17. Prevailing Party. If a party hereto commences a proceeding against another party to enforce and/or recover damages for breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled to recover from the other party all reasonable costs and expenses of enforcement and collection of any and all remedies and damages, or all reasonable costs and expenses of defense, as the case may be. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

18. Jointly Drafted. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring either party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.

 

10

 

 

19. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found or declared to be invalid or unenforceable by any arbitrator, referee, court, or other competent authority having jurisdiction, such finding or declaration shall not invalidate any other provision hereof and this Agreement shall thereafter continue in full force and effect except that such invalid or unenforceable provision, and (if necessary) other provisions hereof, shall be reformed by such arbitrator, referee, court, or other competent authority so as to effect insofar as is practicable, the intention of the Parties set forth in this Agreement, provided that if such arbitrator, referee, court, or other competent authority is unable or unwilling to effect such reformation, the invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted to the same extent as if it had never existed.

 

20. Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

21. Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except in a writing signed by all of the Parties.

 

22. No Assignment. No party may assign any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement.

 

23. Governing Law and Arbitration. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Missouri without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Any dispute hereunder or related hereto shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. Each Party agrees to follow and participate in the rules governing any such arbitration. The provisions of this Section 22 shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

24. Additional Documents. All parties agree to cooperate fully and to execute and deliver any and all supplementary documents and to take any and all additional actions which may be necessary or appropriate to give effect to the terms and intent of this Agreement.

 

25. No Waiver. Failure to insist on compliance with any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be deemed a waiver of that term, covenant or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power contained in this Agreement at any one time or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right or power at any other time or times.

 

26. Counterparts; Electronic Signature. More than one counterpart of this Agreement may be executed by any of the Parties, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement and any other document to be executed and delivered in connection herewith may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission, and any document delivered in such a manner shall be binding as though an original thereof had been executed and delivered.

 

27. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the other documents referred to herein, contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

28. Further Assurances. Each of the Parties covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such further acts, assignments, transfers, assurances, conveyances, notices, assumptions, releases and acquittances and such other instruments, and shall take such further actions, as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to assure fully effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

11

 

 

counterpart signature page to

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

 

  HOLDCO
   
  1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Name:  Robert D. Barry
  Title: President
   
  1847 SUB
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation
   
  By: /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Settlement Agreement

 

 

 

 

counterpart signature page to

SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

 

  GTC
     
  Goedeker Television Co., Inc., a Missouri corporation
     
  By: /s/ Steve Goedeker
  Name:  Steve Goedeker
  Title: President

 

  STEVE
   
  /s/ Steve Goedeker
  Steve Goedeker

 

  MIKE
   
  /s/ Mike Goedeker
  Mike Goedeker

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.35

 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT.

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

12% AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US $4,185,418.00 June 2, 2020

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the representative of Sellers under the hereinafter described Purchase Agreement (the “Holder”), the principal sum of FOUR MILLION ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY FIVE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED eighteen AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($4,185,418.00) (the “Principal”), in lawful money of the United States of America, with interest payable thereon at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum, in accordance with the provisions hereof. The unpaid principal amount hereof and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be paid in full to the Holder on April 5, 2024 (the “Maturity Date”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, as amended by Amendment No.1 to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 5, 2019 (as so amended, the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., the Holder, Mike Goedeker and Goedeker Television Co., Inc. (the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Company acquired all or substantially all of the assets of the Seller.

 

The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 33-237786) on April 22, 2020, relating to the initial public offering of the common stock of the Company as described therein (the “IPO”), and the Company and the Holder agree that this Note shall automatically become effective (and only become effective) upon the sale of its securities to ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. or another underwriter engaged by the Company in connection with the IPO (the “Closing of the IPO”) and shall be null and void if the IPO does not occur.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Amended and Restated Note (this “Note”) and the terms and conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the Holder, by acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1. Principal Repayment. Following the Closing of the IPO, the outstanding principal amount of this Note shall be amortized over the remaining term hereof on a straight-line basis and shall be payable quarterly in accordance with an amortization schedule that is materially consistent with the amortization schedule under the Existing Note (as defined below), but adjusted to reflect (a) the increase of the principal amount of the Existing Note by $250,000, and (b) the payments made (including without limitation payments made under Section 22 hereof) and remaining time until the Maturity Date, such schedule to be prepared by Holder and delivered to the Company (the “Amortization Schedule”), with all of the unpaid principal being fully due and payable on the Maturity Date, unless this Note has been earlier redeemed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the unpaid principal amount and all accrued but unpaid Interest thereon shall automatically become due and payable and the proceeds of any such sale shall be first used to repay amounts due under this Note.

 

1

 

 

2. Interest.

 

(a) Computation. Following the Closing of the IPO, interest (the “Interest”) shall accrue on the unpaid principal amount of this Note until the principal balance hereof is repaid in full at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum. Interest shall be paid in accordance with the Amortization Schedule with all unpaid Interest being paid on the Maturity Date or the date of the redemption of this Note. All computations of the Interest rate hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any Interest rate provided for herein shall be determined to be unlawful, such Interest rate shall be computed at the highest rate permitted by applicable law. Any payment by the Company of any Interest amount in excess of that permitted by law shall be considered a mistake, with the excess being applied to the principal of this Note without prepayment premium or penalty.

 

(b) Taxes, Charges, and Expenses. The Company, at its own cost, shall report interest income, if any, to the IRS and/or other applicable tax authorities and to the Holder on a Form 1099-INT or other appropriate form in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall bear sole responsibility for any costs or fees in connection with the payment of Interest with respect to this Note, including, but not limited to, wire transfer fees, bank check fees and escrow agent fees.

 

(c) Payment Dates. If the Closing of the IPO occurs on the first day of any month, quarterly payments of principal and interest due hereunder shall begin on the date that is exactly three months after the Closing of the IPO, and shall continue every three months thereafter. If Closing of the IPO occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, quarterly payments shall begin on the first day of the month that is three full months after the date of the Closing of the IPO, and shall continue every three months thereafter.

 

3. Redemption. The Company will have the right to redeem all or any portion of the Note at any time prior to the Maturity Date without premium or penalty of any kind. The redemption price will be payable in cash and shall equal the then outstanding principal amount of this Note plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

4. Events of Default. In the event that any of the following (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a) Non-Payment. The Company shall fail to make any payment of principal and/or interest required hereunder when due; or

 

(b) Default in Covenants. The Company shall default in the observance or performance of any covenants or agreements set forth herein, or the Company shall default in any material manner in the observance or performance of any covenants or agreements set forth in any of the Transaction Documents; or

 

(c) Breach of Representations and Warranties. The Company materially breaches any representation or warranty contained in the Transaction Documents or herein; or

 

(d) Illegality of Note. Any court of competent jurisdiction issues an order declaring the Note or the Security Agreement or any provision thereunder to be illegal; or

 

2

 

 

(e) Judgments. A judgment, decree, warrant, writ, attachment, execution or similar process which is not within thirty (30) days of the entry thereof satisfied, released, vacated, discharged, stayed or fully bonded pending appeal, is entered, issued or levied against the Company and together with other such processes, if any, represents an aggregate liability of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) or more; or

 

(f) Security Agreement Default. Any Event of Default (as defined in the Security Agreement) occurs under the Security Agreement; or

 

(g) Bankruptcy. The Company shall: (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (ii) apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company or any of its property, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) in the absence of such application, consent or acquiesce in, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company or for any part of its property; or (iv) cause, permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of the Company, and, if such case or proceeding is not commenced by the Company or converted to a voluntary case, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Company or shall result in the entry of an order for relief, or shall not be dismissed within 90 days of the filing thereof;

 

then, and so long as such Event of Default is continuing for a period of two (2) business days in the case of non-payment under Section 4(a) or for a period of thirty (30) calendar days in the case of any Event of Default under Sections 4(b) through 4(d), after written notice to the Company from the Holder, or beyond any applicable notice and/or cure period provided for in the Security Agreement in the case of an Event of Default under Section 4(f) or at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default under 4(e), all obligations of the Company under this Note shall be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other action nor obligation of the Holder of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and Holder may exercise any other rights and remedies the Holder may have at law or in equity or otherwise available to Holder under the Security Agreement. If an Event of Default specified in Section 4(g) above occurs, the principal of, and accrued interest on, the Note shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of any Holder, become immediately due and payable and Holder may exercise any other rights and remedies the Holder may have at law or in equity or otherwise available to Holder under the Security Agreement.

 

All rights and remedies of Holder hereunder are cumulative and may be exercised by Holder concurrently or successively. Any failure by any holder hereof to exercise any right hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at any other time and from time to time thereafter.

 

3

 

 

5. Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder that (a) the Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Note (i) are within the corporate powers of the Company, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, (iii) require no action by or in respect of, consent or approval of or filing or recording with, any governmental authority or any other person and (iv) do not conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under or result in any violation of, the terms of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company (each as amended and/or as restated), any applicable laws (including without limitation any order, writ, judgment or decree of any governmental authority or any agreement, document or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its property (whether real or personal) is bound or to which the Company or any of its property (whether real or personal) is subject), (c) this Note constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other bankruptcy, liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (d) no part of the proceeds of the loan evidenced by this Note have been or will be used in violation of any applicable laws, and (e) no part of the proceeds of the loan evidenced by this Note have been or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately (i) to purchase or carry margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or to refund or repay indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose or (ii) for any purpose which entails a violation of, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of any of the Regulations of The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including, without limitation, Regulations U, T or X thereof, as amended.

 

6. Affirmative Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other amount is owing to the Holder hereunder, the Company will:

 

(a) Corporate Existence and Qualification. Take the necessary steps to preserve its corporate existence and its right to conduct business in all states in which the nature of its business requires qualification to do business;

 

(b) Compliance with Laws. Comply with the charter and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of the Company, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Company or any of its property or to which each of the Company or any of its properties is subject;

 

(c) Taxes. Duly pay and discharge all taxes or other claims, which might become a lien upon any of its property except to the extent that any thereof are being in good faith appropriately contested with adequate reserves provided therefor;

 

(d) Further Assurances. Execute and deliver any and all such further documents and take any and all such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Note and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein;

 

(e) Financial Statements.

 

(i) As soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, furnish to Holder a balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company as of the end of such fiscal year, in each case audited by an independent public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to Holder, accompanied by a report and opinion of such accountants, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and shall not be subject to any “going concern”, “emphasis on going concern,” or like qualification, exception or emphasis, or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; provided, that so long as the Company is a public company, the filing by the Company of an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for such fiscal year with the Securities & Exchange Commission shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subparagraph (e)(i);

 

4

 

 

(ii) As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, furnish to Holder a balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows of the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all in form and substance and in detail reasonably satisfactory to Holder and duly certified (subject to year-end review adjustments) by the Treasurer or CFO of the Company (i) as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and (ii) as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided, that so long as the Company is a public company, the filing by the Company of a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for such fiscal quarter with the Securities & Exchange Commission shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subparagraph (e)(ii); and

 

(f) Financial Covenant. The Company shall maintain at least $1,000,000 of Stockholders’ Equity (as defined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles).

 

7. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note. If this Note shall become mutilated or defaced, or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute and deliver a new note of like principal amount in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the destroyed, lost or stolen Note. In the case of a mutilated or defaced Note, the Holder shall surrender such Note to the Company. In the case of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, the Holder shall furnish to the Company: (i) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and (ii) such security or indemnity (which shall not include the posting of any bond) as may be reasonably required by the Company to hold the Company harmless.

 

8. Waiver of Demand, Presentment, etc. The Company hereby expressly waives demand and presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration or intent to accelerate, bringing of suit and diligence in taking any action to collect amounts called for hereunder and shall be directly and primarily liable for the payment of all sums owing and to be owing hereunder, regardless of and without any notice, diligence, act or omission as or with respect to the collection of any amount called for hereunder.

 

The Company agrees that, in the event of an Event of Default, to reimburse the Holder for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees of one counsel) incurred in connection with the enforcement and collection of this Note, whether or not litigation is commenced.

 

9. Payment. All payments with respect to this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America, at the address of the Holder as of the date hereof or as designated in writing by the Holder from time to time. The receipt by the Holder of immediately available funds shall constitute a payment of principal and interest hereunder and shall satisfy and discharge the liability for principal and interest on this Note to the extent of the sum represented by such payment. Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.

 

5

 

 

10. Assignment. The rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder of this Note shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. To complete an assignment or transfer this Note, the Holder shall deliver a completed and executed Form of Assignment attached hereto as Exhibit A and surrender and deliver this Note, duly endorsed, to the Company’s office or such other address which the Company shall designate, upon receipt of which a new Note, in substantially the form of this Note (any such new Note, a “New Note”), evidencing the portion of this Note so transferred shall be issued to the transferee and a New Note evidencing the remaining portion of this Note not so transferred, if any, shall be issued to the transferring Holder. The acceptance of the New Note by the transferee thereof shall be deemed the acceptance by such transferee of all of the rights and obligations in respect of the New Note that the Holder has in respect of this Note. Interest and principal are payable only to the registered Holder of this Note set forth on the books and records of the Company.

 

11. Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note, including, without limitation, the due date hereof, and the observance of any term hereof, may be amended, waived or modified (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

12. Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if given in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

 

13. Governing Law and Arbitration. This Note shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Missouri, without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions. Any dispute hereunder or related hereto shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. The provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

14. Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Note are included for convenience of reference only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Note.

 

15. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provisions shall be excluded from this Note, and the balance of this Note shall be interpreted as if such provisions were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

16. Amended and Restated Note. This Note is an amendment, restatement and continuation of, and not a novation of, that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note dated as of April 5, 2019, executed by the Company to the order of the Holder, in the original principal amount of $4,100,000 (the “Existing Note”). All principal and interest evidenced by the Existing Note shall continue to be due and payable until paid. Upon the Closing of the IPO, subject to the foregoing, this Note shall supersede the Existing Note. Until such time as the Closing of the IPO occurs, the Existing Note shall remain in full force and effect.

 

17. Security Agreement. This Note is secured by that certain Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between the Company and the Holder (the “Security Agreement”), as the same may be amended, modified, renewed or restated from time to time.

 

18. Counterpart Signature Pages. This Note and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Note by facsimile or in electronic (“pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Note.

 

6

 

 

19. Conflict. To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Note and/or the Security Agreement and the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the terms of this Note and the Security Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchase Agreement and the terms and provisions thereof are hereby reaffirmed by the Company in all respects.

 

20. Missouri Statutory Provision. This notice is provided pursuant to Section 432.047, R.S.Mo. As used herein, “creditor” means Holder, and “this writing” means this Note and the Security Agreement.

 

ORAL OR UNEXECUTED AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING PROMISES TO EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY UPON WHICH IT IS BASED THAT IS IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TO PROTECT YOU (BORROWER(S)) AND US (CREDITOR) FROM MISUNDERSTANDING OR DISAPPOINTMENT, ANY AGREEMENTS WE REACH COVERING SUCH MATTERS ARE CONTAINED IN THIS WRITING, WHICH IS THE COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN US, EXCEPT AS WE MAY LATER AGREE IN WRITING TO MODIFY IT.

 

21. Effectiveness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that this Note shall not be effective until the Closing of the IPO has occurred.

 

22. Payments Due upon Closing of the IPO. Without limitation of any other payments due hereunder, on the first business day immediately following the Closing of the IPO, the Company shall pay to the Holder the aggregate amount of (i) $516,301.26, which is an amount equal to the principal due and owing for quarters 2, 3, and 4 under the Existing Note, plus (ii) an amount equal to all accrued, unpaid interest thereon (as calculated under the Existing Note through the date of payment), which is equal to $324,671.94 as of June 1, 2020, and which shall accrue at a rate of $983.85 per day thereafter, plus (iii) any additional quarterly payments then due and owing under the Existing Note.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7

 

 

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

 

to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE

 

THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first above written.

 

  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
     
  By: /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Name:  Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

/s/ Steve Goedeker

 

Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the

representative of Sellers under the Purchase Agreement

 

8

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Assignment

 

TO: 1847 Goedeker Inc.,

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ___________________ (name), __________________________________________ (address), US$____________ of 12% Amended and Restated Promissory Note (“Note”) of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”), including any and all accrued and unpaid interest owing thereon, registered in the name of the undersigned on the records of the Company represented by the within certificate, and irrevocably appoints ___________________ the attorney of the undersigned to transfer the said securities on the books or register with full power of substitution.

 

DATED this ________ day of, __________________, 20 ____.

 

 

 

(Signature of Registered Note Holder)

 

 

 

(Print name of Registered Note Holder)

 

Instructions:

 

1. Signature of Holder must be the signature of the person appearing on the face of the Note.

 

2. If the transfer of Note is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, curator, guardian, attorney, officer of a corporation or any person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the certificate must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign satisfactory to the Company.

 

9

 

Exhibit 10.36

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of June 2, 2020, shall become automatically effective upon the Closing of the IPO (as defined below) and is made and entered into by 1847 GOEDEKER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Debtor”), in favor of STEVE GOEDEKER, in his capacity as the representative of the Sellers (together with any permitted successors and/or assigns, the “Secured Party”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Debtor, GOEDEKER TELEVISION CO., INC., a Missouri corporation (“Seller”), and STEVE GOEDEKER and MIKE GOEDEKER (the “Stockholders”, and together with the Seller, the “Sellers”) have previously entered in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 18, 2019, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2019 (collectively, and as so further amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Asset Purchase Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, a portion of the purchase price of the assets purchased pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement was evidenced by that certain 9% Subordinated Promissory Note dated as of April 5, 2019, in the original principal amount of $4,100,000, executed by Debtor to the order of Secured Party (the “Original Note”);

 

WHEREAS, the Original Note is to be amended and restated, and replaced, by that certain 12% Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated as of the date hereof, in the original principal amount of US $4,185,418, executed by Debtor to the order of Secured Party (“Amended and Restated Note” or the “Note”) and will automatically become effective upon the closing of the IPO (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the Debtor filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 33-237786) on April 22, 2020 relating to the initial public offering of the common stock of Debtor as described therein (the “IPO”) and the Debtor, the Stockholders, including the Secured Party, desire that this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Note and certain other agreements automatically become effective upon the sale of its securities to ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc. or another underwriter engaged by the Company in connection with the IPO (the “Closing of the IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, to induce Secured Party to accept the Amended and Restated Note, Debtor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to Secured Party.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Debtor and Secured Party hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

 

(a) Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

Accounts” means all of the Debtor’s accounts, as such term is defined in the UCC, including each and every right of the Debtor to the payment of money, whether such right to payment now exists or hereafter arises, whether such right to payment arises out of a sale, lease or other disposition of goods or other property, out of a rendering of services, out of a loan, out of the overpayment of taxes or other liabilities, or otherwise arises under any contract or agreement, whether such right to payment is created, generated or earned by the Debtor or by some other person who subsequently transfers such person’s interest to the Debtor, whether such right to payment is or is not already earned by performance, and howsoever such right to payment may be evidenced, together with all other rights and interests (including all liens) which the Debtor may at any time have by law or agreement against any Account Debtor or other obligor obligated to make any such payment or against any property of such Account Debtor or other obligor; all including, but not limited to, all present and future accounts, contract rights, loans and obligations receivable, chattel papers, bonds, notes and other debt instruments, tax refunds and rights to payment in the nature of general intangibles.

 

1

 

 

Collateral” means all of the Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to any Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter of credit rights, Letters of credit, Software and Supporting Obligations; together with (i) all substitutions and replacements for and products of any of the foregoing; (ii) in the case of all goods, all accessions; (iii) all accessories, attachments, parts, equipment and repairs now or hereafter attached or affixed to or used in connection with any goods; (iv) all warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of title now or hereafter covering such goods; (v) any money, or other assets of the Debtor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of the Secured Party; (vi) proceeds of any and all of the foregoing; and (vii) to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under, or with respect to, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty of any and all of the foregoing, and any insurance payable by reason of loss or damage or otherwise in respect of the foregoing collateral.

 

Equipment” means all of the Debtor’s equipment, as such term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including but not limited to all present and future machinery, vehicles, furniture, fixtures, manufacturing equipment, shop equipment, office and recordkeeping equipment, parts, tools, supplies, and including specifically the goods described in any equipment schedule or list herewith or hereafter furnished to the Secured Party by the Debtor.

 

Event of Default” means (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Note, as such term is used and/or defined therein, taking into account any applicable notice and/or cure period provided for therein; (b) the existence of any material inaccuracy or untruth in any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, or of any statement or certification as to facts delivered to the Secured Party by or on behalf of the Debtor hereunder; (c) any uninsured loss, theft, damage or destruction of any material portion of the Collateral, or the making of any levy, garnishment, seizure or attachment of any Collateral; (d) any indication or evidence received by the Secured Party that the Debtor may have directly or indirectly been engaged in any type of activity which, in the Secured Party’s discretion, might result in the forfeiture of any Collateral to any governmental authority, whether federal, state, local or otherwise; (e) the failure by the Debtor to perform or cause to be performed any obligation or observe any agreement, covenant, condition, provision or term contained in Section 4 or Section 5 hereof, which default or failure is not remedied to Secured Party’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of notice from Secured Party to Debtor; or (f) the failure of Debtor to perform or observe any term, covenant, obligation or agreement of Debtor contained in this Agreement and not otherwise delineated in clauses (a) – (e) above, which default or failure is not remedied to Secured Party’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days of notice from Secured Party to Debtor.

 

2

 

 

General Intangibles” means all of the Debtor’s general intangibles, as such term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including all present and future Intellectual Property Rights, customer or supplier lists and contracts, manuals, operating instructions, permits, franchises, payment intangibles, the right to use the Debtor’s name, and the goodwill of the Debtor’s business.

 

Intellectual Property Rights” means all of the Debtor’s actual or prospective rights arising in connection with any intellectual property or other proprietary rights, including all rights arising in connection with copyrights, patents, service marks, trade dress, trade secrets, trademarks, trade names or mask works, and including, without limitation, the Intellectual Property Rights specifically identified on Exhibit 1.1 attached hereto.

 

Inventory” means all of the Debtor’s inventory, as such term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether consisting of whole goods, spare parts or components, supplies or materials, whether acquired, held or furnished for sale, for lease or under service contracts or for manufacture or processing, and wherever located.

 

Investment Property” means all of the Debtor’s investment property, as such term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including but not limited to all securities, security entitlements, securities accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, financial assets, stocks, bonds, mutual fund shares, money market shares and United States of America Government securities.

 

Obligations” means and includes all debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Debtor to the Secured Party evidenced by or arising under the Note, as the same may be amended, extended, modified, restated, renewed, replaced, consolidated, refinanced, and/or supplemented from time to time, and all debts, obligations, and liabilities of Debtor to the Secured Party hereunder.

 

Permitted Liens” means liens and security interests approved by Secured Party in writing.

 

Person” means an individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Premises” means all premises where the Debtor conducts its business and has any rights of possession, including the premises set forth in Exhibit 3(m) hereto.

 

Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned thereto by the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (i) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to the Debtor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, including, but not limited to any and all proceeds of business disruption insurance, (ii) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to the Debtor from time to time in connection with any of the Collateral including, but not limited to, any rents, lease payments, or profits derived therefrom.

 

3

 

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by and in effect in the State of Missouri, as the same may be amended or enacted from time to time; provided, however, that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Secured Party’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri, the term “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

(b) Other Terms. The terms “Account Debtor,” “Deposit Account,” “Documents,” “Fixtures,” “Goods,” “Instruments,” “Letter-of-credit rights,” “Letters of credit,” “Software,” “Supporting Obligations” and “Chattel Paper” shall have the definitions ascribed thereto from time to time by the UCC.

 

(c) Terms Not Otherwise Defined. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Security Interest. To secure payment and performance of the Obligations, the Debtor hereby grants the Secured Party a continuing security interest in all of the Debtor’s Collateral, whether acquired now or hereafter. It is the true, clear, and express intention of the Debtor that the continuing grant of the security interests provided for herein remain as security for payment and performance of the Obligations, whether or not existing or hereinafter incurred by future advances or otherwise; and whether or not such Obligations are related to the transactions described herein or in the Note, by class or kind, or whether or not contemplated by the parties at the time of the granting of this security interest. The notice of the continuing grant of this security interest therefore shall not be required to be stated on the face of any document representing any such Obligation, nor otherwise identify it as being secured hereby.

 

3. Debtor’s Representations and Warranties. The Debtor represents and warrants to the Secured Party as of the date of the Closing of the IPO as follows:

 

(a) Ownership. The Debtor is and shall be the owner of the Collateral, free of all encumbrances and security interests other than the lien or liens on the Collateral in favor of Secured Party created hereby and excepting any Permitted Liens. The Debtor has the power and authority to grant a security interest in its Collateral and to enter into this Agreement.

 

(b) Permits. Debtor has all permits, licenses, waivers, exemptions, consents, certificates, authorizations, approvals and entitlements required for the ownership, possession and use of the Collateral by Debtor.

 

(c) Laws. Debtor is in compliance with all laws, statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, and determinations, orders or rulings of any arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority applicable to it and its properties.

 

(d) No Litigation or Judgments. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator, governmental authority or court is pending or, to the knowledge of Debtor, threatened by or against Debtor or against any of its properties or revenues. There are no orders, decrees or judgments relating to any litigation, investigator or proceedings which are outstanding and not satisfied, of record against Debtor.

 

(e) Other Financing. No financing statement is on file covering the Collateral or its products or Proceeds (other than financing statements with regard to Permitted Liens). There has been no default as of this date with regard to any indebtedness owed by Debtor to any third-party creditor, and no step has been taken to foreclose any security interest evidenced by any such financing statement.

 

4

 

 

(f) Documents. If Inventory is represented or covered by Documents of title, the Debtor is the owner of the Documents, free of all encumbrances and security interests.

 

(g) Condition. The Collateral is in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and, in the case of Goods and Inventory held for sale (other than trade-ins or repossessed Goods), is new and unused. All Collateral upon acquisition shall be and shall at all times remain in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. All Goods and Inventory have been, and will continue to be, produced or manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act.

 

(h) Sale of Goods or Services Rendered. Each Account and Chattel Paper constituting Collateral arose from the performance of services by the Debtor or from a bona fide sale or lease of Goods, which have been, or will be in the ordinary course of business, delivered or shipped to the Account Debtor and for which the Debtor has genuine invoices, shipping documents or receipts.

 

(i) Rights to Payment. Each right to payment and each Instrument, Document, Chattel Paper and other agreement constituting or evidencing Collateral is (or will be when arising, issued or assigned to the Secured Party) the valid, genuine and legally enforceable obligation, subject to no defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than those arising in the ordinary course of business), of the Account Debtor or other obligor named therein or in the Debtor’s records pertaining thereto as being obligated to pay such obligation.

 

(j) Authority to Contract. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any instruments evidencing Obligations will not violate or constitute a breach of the Debtor’s organizational documents, or any material agreement or restriction to which the Debtor is a party or is subject. The Debtor is not in default under any agreement for the payment of money.

 

(k) Accuracy of Information. All information, certificates or statements given to the Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and complete in all material respects when given.

 

(l) Fixtures. No Collateral is or shall be or become attached to real estate, without Secured Party’s prior written consent.

 

(m) Names and Addresses/Collateral Locations. Debtor is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation. The name appearing in the introductory paragraph hereof and on the signature page below is the correct name of the Debtor, and the Debtor does not do business under any other name. The Debtor’s chief executive office is identified on Exhibit 3(m) hereto. The address or addresses where the Debtor does business and/or where Collateral will be kept, located or stored are those appearing in Exhibit 3(m) hereto. No location shall be changed and no Collateral shall be moved to or kept at any other location without Secured Party’s prior written consent in each instance, but the parties intend that the Collateral, wherever located, is covered by this Agreement.

 

(n) Business Use. The Collateral is and will be used in Debtor’s business and not for personal, family, household or farming use.

 

5

 

 

(o) Intellectual Property Rights. All Intellectual Property Rights of Debtor that exist as of the date hereof are set forth on Exhibit 1.1 attached hereto.

 

(p) Commercial Tort Claims. Debtor has no commercial tort claims pending against any person or entity, and has not threatened to bring commercial tort claims against any person or entity.

 

(q) No Subsidiaries. Debtor has no subsidiaries.

 

4. Sale and Collections.

 

(a) Proceeds of Collateral. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all Proceeds of Collateral received by the Debtor shall upon written demand of Secured Party be delivered directly to Secured Party, and Proceeds of Collateral received by Debtor, if any, shall be held by the Debtor in an express trust for the benefit of the Secured Party; shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of the Debtor; and shall be turned over to the Secured Party not later than the Business Day following the day of their receipt. All Proceeds received by the Secured Party shall be applied against the Obligations then due and payable in such order and at such times as the Secured Party shall determine.

 

(b) Lockboxes. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Secured Party may, at any time, require the Debtor to establish and continuously maintain with the Secured Party or a depositary institution selected by Secured Party one or more lockboxes for the receipt of cash Proceeds of the Collateral, which lockboxes shall be under the sole and exclusive control of the Secured Party. In such event, the Debtor shall simultaneously instruct its Account Debtors to send payments on Accounts owing to the Debtor to such lockboxes and shall take whatever other action is deemed necessary to ensure that all Proceeds of the Debtor’s Accounts are sent to such lockboxes. The Debtor agrees to immediately forward to such lockboxes all Proceeds of the Collateral which are received by the Debtor and until so forwarded the Debtor shall not commingle any such Proceeds with any other funds of the Debtor but instead shall hold such Proceeds in trust for the benefit of the Secured Party. All amounts deposited in such lockboxes shall be applied against the Obligations then due and payable in such order and at such times as the Secured Party shall determine. If required by Secured Party, Debtor shall execute and deliver to Secured Party one or more lockbox agreements relating to the establishment and functioning of the lockboxes required by Secured Party under this paragraph.

 

(c) Verification and Notification. The Secured Party may verify Accounts, Chattel Paper, rights to payment and contract rights in any reasonable manner, and the Debtor shall assist the Secured Party in so doing. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, in addition to all of the rights and remedies available to Secured Party, Secured Party shall have the right at any and all times to enforce Debtor’s rights against Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral, including, but not limited to, the right to notify, or require Debtor to notify, any or all Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral to make payments directly to Secured Party, and to take any or all action with respect to Collateral as Secured Party shall determine in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, the right to demand, collect, sue for and receive any money or property at any time due, payable or receivable on account thereof, compromise and settle with any Person liable thereon, and extend the time of payment or otherwise change the terms thereof, without incurring liability or responsibility to Debtor. Secured Party’s collection and enforcement of Collateral against Account Debtors and other Persons obligated on Collateral shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable if Secured Party exercises the care and follows the procedures that Secured Party generally applies to the collection of obligations owed to Secured Party. All cash and non-cash proceeds of the Collateral may be applied by Secured Party upon Secured Party’s actual receipt of cash proceeds against such of the Obligations, matured or unmatured, as Secured Party shall determine in Secured Party’s sole discretion. Until such Account Debtor is otherwise notified, the Debtor, as agent of the Secured Party, shall make collections on its Collateral.

 

6

 

 

5. Debtor’s Covenants.

 

(a) Maintenance of Collateral. The Debtor shall: maintain the Collateral in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and not permit its value to be materially impaired; keep the Collateral free from all liens, encumbrances and security interests (other than the Permitted Liens); defend the Collateral against all claims and legal proceedings by persons other than the Secured Party; pay and discharge when due all taxes, license fees, levies and other charges upon the Collateral; not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or permit the Collateral to become a fixture or an accession to other goods, except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and, upon prior notice to and consent of (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) the Secured Party, the sale or other disposition of Equipment which has become obsolete or which is no longer necessary for the operation of the Debtor’s business; not permit the Collateral to be manufactured, produced, operated, used, sold or disposed of in violation of any applicable requirement of law or policy of insurance; and, as to Collateral consisting of Instruments and Chattel Paper, preserve rights in the Collateral against prior parties. Loss of or damage to the Collateral shall not release the Debtor from any of the Obligations or any of the agreements and requirements set forth herein.

 

(b) Property and Business Insurance. The Debtor shall keep the Collateral and the Secured Party’s interest in such Collateral and Secured Party’s business operations insured under insurance policies with such provisions, for such amounts and by such insurers as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Party from time to time, and with such endorsements as Secured Party requires. Without limitation of the foregoing, Debtor shall at all times maintain the following insurance:

 

(i) Property insurance, in amounts equal to the lesser of the insurable value of the Collateral or the maximum limit of coverage available, under a business owner’s policy or other policy acceptable to the Secured Party. If so required by Secured Party, the Debtor shall obtain business interruption insurance as part of its business owner’s or property policy. All property insurance policies shall require losses be payable directly to the Secured Party or jointly to the Debtor and the Secured Party, as their respective interests may appear under a standard non-contributory lender loss payee clause, providing that the Secured Party’s interest under the policy will not be invalidated by any act or omission of, or any breach of warranty by, the insured, or by any change in the title, ownership or possession of the insured property, or by the use of the property for purposes more hazardous than is permitted by the policy.

 

(ii) At any time construction of any improvements has commenced and is continuing for any premises in which Debtor occupies or operates or intends to occupy or operate, builder’s risk insurance on a special perils basis, for 100% of the insurable value of all construction work in place or in progress from time to time insuring the property and materials in storage and while in transit. Insurance shall include replacement cost, agreed amount coverage.

 

7

 

 

(iii) Commercial general liability insurance against bodily injury and property damage, written on an occurrence form equivalent or better than the occurrence form (CG0001) as published by the ISO with minimum limits of at least $1,000,000.00 each occurrence and $2,000,000.00 general aggregate, naming Secured Party as an additional insured.

 

(iv) If the Collateral or any portion thereof is now or hereafter located in an area which has been identified as a flood hazard area and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, Debtor shall keep the premises on which any Collateral is stored and the Collateral insured by flood insurance in an amount not less than the maximum limit of coverage available under such Act or any successor thereto.

 

(v) Worker’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed by Debtor death, injury and/or property damage occurring on or about Debtor’s premises or resulting from activity therefrom, with liability insurance limits for death of or injury to persons and/or damage to property in the amounts from time to time required by statute.

 

Debtor must pay promptly, when due, any premium on the insurance required hereunder. All such insurance policies and renewals thereof shall be written in companies having a Best’s rating of “A” or better. All such policies and renewals thereof (or certificates or binders evidencing the same) shall be delivered to Secured Party at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the existing policies. Each of the policies required hereunder shall provide that no cancellation thereof shall be effective without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Secured Party. The Debtor assigns to the Secured Party the proceeds of all such insurance including any premium refund, acknowledges that all such insurance proceeds shall be paid directly to Secured Party (or, if paid to Debtor, the same shall be held in trust by Debtor for the benefit of Secured Party, and immediately remitted to Secured Party) and authorizes the Secured Party to endorse in the name of the Debtor any instrument for such proceeds or refunds and, at the option of the Secured Party, to apply such proceeds and refunds to any unpaid balance of the Obligations, whether or not due, and/or to restoration of the Collateral, returning any excess to the Debtor. The Secured Party is authorized, in the name of the Debtor or otherwise, to make, adjust or settle claims under any insurance on the Collateral, and all other insurance following any Event of Default. The Debtor will immediately notify Secured Party in writing of any loss or damage to any Collateral.

 

The following notice is provided pursuant to Section 427.120, R.S.Mo. As used herein, the terms “you” and “your” shall refer to Debtor, and the terms “we” and “us” shall refer to Secured Party: UNLESS YOU PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE INSURANCE COVERAGE REQUIRED BY YOUR AGREEMENT WITH US, WE MAY PURCHASE INSURANCE AT YOUR EXPENSE TO PROTECT OUR INTERESTS IN YOUR COLLATERAL. THIS INSURANCE MAY, BUT NEED NOT, PROTECT YOUR INTERESTS. THE COVERAGE THAT WE PURCHASE MAY NOT PAY ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAKE OR ANY CLAIM THAT IS MADE AGAINST YOU IN CONNECTION WITH THE COLLATERAL. YOU MAY LATER CANCEL ANY INSURANCE PURCHASED BY US, BUT ONLY AFTER PROVIDING EVIDENCE THAT YOU HAVE OBTAINED INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY OUR AGREEMENT. IF WE PURCHASE INSURANCE FOR THE COLLATERAL, YOU WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COSTS OF THAT INSURANCE, INCLUDING THE INSURANCE PREMIUM, INTEREST AND ANY OTHER CHARGES WE MAY IMPOSE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PLACEMENT OF THE INSURANCE, UNTIL THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CANCELLATION OR EXPIRATION OF THE INSURANCE. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE ADDED TO YOUR TOTAL OUTSTANDING BALANCE OR OBLIGATION. THE COSTS OF THE INSURANCE MAY BE MORE THAN THE COST OF INSURANCE YOU MAY BE ABLE TO OBTAIN ON YOUR OWN.

 

8

 

 

(c) Maintenance and Perfection of Security Interest. The Debtor shall pay all costs, fees, and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees) and, upon request, take any action reasonably deemed advisable by the Secured Party to preserve the Collateral or to establish, determine priority of, perfect, continue to perfect, terminate and/or enforce the Secured Party’s interest in the Collateral or the Secured Party’s rights under this Agreement. The Debtor authorizes the Secured Party to file from time to time where permitted by law, such financing statements against the Collateral (including filings describing the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” or similar) as the Secured Party deems necessary or useful to perfect its security interest. The Debtor will not amend, modify or terminate any financing statements in favor of the Secured Party except as permitted by law. The Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Collateral without the signature of the Debtor. The Debtor agrees that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed as a financing statement or fixture filing in any jurisdiction, should Secured Party so choose. The Debtor shall (i) promptly notify Secured Party in writing upon acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral after the date hereof consisting of Deposit Accounts, Investment Property, Letter-of-credit rights or electronic Chattel Paper and, upon the request of Secured Party, will promptly execute such other documents, and do such other acts or things deemed appropriate by Secured Party to deliver to Secured Party control with respect to such Collateral; (ii) with respect to Collateral in the possession of a third party, other than Certificated Securities and goods covered by a Document, obtain an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding the Collateral for the benefit of Secured Party; and (iii) not change its legal name, state of organization or type of organization or organization identification number (if any), without Secured Party’s prior written consent in each instance.

 

(d) Collateral Records and Statements. The Debtor shall keep accurate and complete records respecting the Collateral, including all warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of title now or hereafter covering any Collateral or received in connection with the purchase of any Collateral. In addition, at such times as the Secured Party may reasonably require, the Debtor shall furnish to the Secured Party a statement certified by the Debtor and in such form and containing such information as may be prescribed by the Secured Party, showing the current status, location and value of such Collateral, including aging and collection reports with regard to Accounts. Each such statement shall identify individual units of Collateral by their respective description, make and model (and, with respect to items with a unit value of $5,000 or more, the schedule shall include a serial number, VIN number or other identifying description).

 

(e) Inspection of Collateral. At any time upon not less than two (2) days prior written notice (provided, however, that no such notice shall be required following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default), the Secured Party may examine and inspect the Collateral and the Debtor’s records pertaining to it, including all warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of title now or hereafter covering any Collateral or received in connection with the purchase of any Collateral, wherever located, and make copies thereof. The foregoing includes audits and/or valuations of the Collateral deemed necessary by Secured Party. The Debtor shall assist the Secured Party in so doing. The Debtor shall pay the Secured Party’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for any inspection, servicing, auditing and/or valuation in connection with this Agreement.

 

9

 

 

(f) Chattel Paper; Instruments; Letters of Credit. Upon request of the Secured Party, Chattel Paper constituting Collateral shall be on forms approved by the Secured Party. The Debtor shall promptly mark all Chattel Paper, Instruments and Letters of credit, and all copies thereof, to indicate conspicuously the Secured Party’s interest and, upon request, deliver the same to the Secured Party, duly endorsed or assigned by the Debtor.

 

(g) Modifications. The Debtor shall neither agree to any material modification or amendment nor agree to any forbearance, extension, release or cancellation of any right to payment, Instrument, Account, Document or Chattel Paper constituting Collateral. The Debtor shall not subordinate any such right to payment to claims of other creditors of such Account Debtor or other obligor.

 

(h) Returns and Repossessions. The Debtor shall promptly notify the Secured Party of the return to or repossession by the Debtor of Goods underlying any Collateral and, upon request of the Secured Party, the Debtor shall hold and dispose of such Goods only as the Secured Party directs.

 

(i) United States of America Contracts. If any Accounts or contract rights constituting Collateral arise out of contracts with the United States of America or any of its departments, agencies or instrumentalities, the Debtor will so notify the Secured Party and upon request of the Secured Party execute writings required by the Secured Party in order that all money due or to become due under such contracts shall be assigned to the Secured Party and proper notice of the assignment is given under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act.

 

(j) Commercial Tort Claims. Promptly upon knowledge thereof, the Debtor will deliver to the Secured Party notice of any commercial tort claims it may bring against any Person, including the name and address of each defendant, a summary of the facts, an estimate of the Debtor’s damages, copies of any complaint or demand letter submitted by the Debtor, and such other information as the Secured Party may request. Upon request by the Secured Party, the Debtor will grant the Secured Party a security interest in all commercial tort claims it may have against any Person.

 

(k) Intellectual Property Rights. If Debtor acquires additional Intellectual Property Rights beyond those set forth on Exhibit 1.1 hereof, the Debtor will deliver to the Secured Party notice of such Intellectual Property Rights, including a summary of the such Intellectual Property and the use thereof in Debtor’s business, any patent or trademark filings or similar filings made by Debtor, and such other information as the Secured Party may request.

 

(l) Permits and Licenses. Debtor shall maintain all permits, licenses, waivers, exemptions, consents, certificates, authorizations, approvals and entitlements required for the ownership, possession and use of the Collateral by Debtor.

 

(m) Compliance with Laws. Debtor shall comply with all laws, statutes, treaties, rules, regulations, and determinations, orders or rulings of any arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority applicable to it and its properties.

 

10

 

 

(n) Litigation. Debtor shall notify Secured Party of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding that is filed or threatened to be filed in writing against Debtor. Debtor shall cause any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding to be contested in good faith, by all appropriate action, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the Secured Party. Debtor shall indemnify, defend and hold Secured Party harmless from and against any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding filed against Secured Party due to its extension of credit to Debtor. All such proceedings, including without limitation, all of the Secured Party’s costs, and fees and disbursements of Secured Party’s counsel in connection with any such proceedings, whether or not the Secured Party is a party thereto, shall be at Debtor’s expense. To the extent that the Secured Party incurs any such expenses, including attorneys’ fees and fees and charges for court costs, bonds and the like, Debtor shall reimburse the Secured Party for all such expenses upon demand and the amount due to the Secured Party shall bear interest from the date so incurred by the Secured Party until repaid to the Secured Party at the rate of interest specified in the Note.

 

(o) Fixtures. No Collateral shall at any time constitute “fixtures” or be attached or affixed to any real estate, without Secured Party’s prior written consent in each instance.

 

(p) Subsidiaries. Make, create or allow the creation of any subsidiary.

 

(q) Change in Name. Change the legal name of Debtor, or change the state of incorporation of Debtor or its principal place of business.

 

6. Rights of Secured Party.

 

(a) Authority to Perform for the Debtor. If the Debtor fails to act as required by this Agreement or the Obligations, and such failure constitutes, or would constitute upon the giving of notice, an Event of Default, the Secured Party is authorized, in the Debtor’s name or otherwise, to take any such action including, without limitation, signing the Debtor’s name or paying any amount so required, and the cost shall be one of the Obligations secured hereby and shall be payable by the Debtor upon demand with interest from the date of payment by the Secured Party at the interest rate provided for under the Note.

 

(b) Charging the Debtor’s Credit Balance. The Debtor grants the Secured Party, as further security for the Obligations, a security interest and lien in any credit balance and other money now or hereafter owed the Debtor by the Secured Party and, in addition, agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Secured Party may charge against any such credit balance or other money any amount due and owing upon the Obligations.

 

(c) Non-liability of the Secured Party. The Secured Party has no duty to determine the validity of any invoice or compliance with any order of the Debtor. The Secured Party has no duty to protect, insure, collect or realize upon the Collateral or preserve rights in it against prior parties. The Debtor releases the Secured Party from any liability for any act or omission relating to the Obligations, the Collateral or this Agreement, except for Secured Party’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(d) Power of Attorney. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Debtor irrevocably appoints any officer of the Secured Party as the Debtor’s attorney, with power, to (i) receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to the Debtor, (ii) notify the Post Office authorities to change the address for delivery of all mail addressed to the Debtor to such address as the Secured Party may designate and (iii) endorse the name of the Debtor upon any Instruments which may come into the Secured Party’s possession. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is not revocable by the Debtor. The use of the foregoing power of attorney by Secured Party shall not subject Secured Party to liability, except for its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

11

 

 

(e) Occupancy.

 

(i) The Debtor hereby irrevocably grants to the Secured Party the right to take exclusive possession of the Premises at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Nothing contained herein shall require the Secured Party to take possession of the Premises.

 

(ii) The Secured Party may use the Premises only to hold, process, manufacture, sell, use, store, liquidate, realize upon or otherwise dispose of Goods that are Collateral and for other purposes that the Secured Party may in good faith deem to be related or incidental purposes.

 

(iii) The Secured Party’s right to hold the Premises shall cease and terminate upon the earlier of (A) payment in full and discharge of all Obligations and termination of the Loan Agreement, and (B) final sale or disposition of all Goods constituting Collateral and delivery of all such goods to purchasers.

 

(iv) The Secured Party shall not be obligated to pay or account to the Debtor for any rent or other compensation for the possession, occupancy or use of any of the Premises; provided, however, that if the Secured Party does pay or account to any lessor or owner of such Premises for any rent or other compensation for the possession, occupancy or use of any of the Premises, the Debtor shall reimburse the Secured Party promptly for the full amount thereof. In addition, the Debtor will pay, or reimburse the Secured Party for, all taxes, fees, duties, imposts, charges and expenses at any time incurred by or imposed upon the Secured Party by reason of the execution, delivery, existence, recordation, performance or enforcement of this Security Agreement or the provisions of this Section 6(e).

 

7. Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to its rights and remedies provided for under this Agreement and the Note, the Secured Party shall have all rights and remedies for default provided by the UCC, as well as under applicable law and in equity. This includes without limitation acceleration of all or any part of the Indebtedness due and owing. Without limitation of the foregoing, with respect to such rights and remedies:

 

(a) Repossession. The Secured Party may enter into and occupy any premises where any Collateral may be located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate Secured Party’s remedies, without obligation to Debtor in respect of such occupation, and may take possession of Collateral, all in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b) Assembling Collateral. The Secured Party may require the Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Secured Party at a place to be designated by the Secured Party, at Debtor’s cost and expense. It is agreed that the Secured Party will not have an adequate remedy at law if this obligation is breached, and accordingly that the Debtor’s obligation to assemble Collateral shall be specifically enforceable by Secured Party.

 

(c) Sale of Collateral. Secured Party may sell the Collateral or any portion thereof at one or more public or private sales, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable.

 

12

 

 

(e) Notice of Disposition. Written notice, when required by law, sent to the Debtor in accordance with this Agreement at least ten (10) calendar days (counting the day of sending) before the date of a proposed disposition of the Collateral is acknowledged by the Debtor to constitute reasonable notice.

 

(f) Credit Bid. The Secured Party shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at any sale of the Collateral conducted under the UCC or other applicable law, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price of the Collateral or any part thereof payable at such sale, to the fullest extent provided by law.

 

(g) Expenses and Application of Proceeds. The Debtor shall reimburse the Secured Party for any fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Secured Party in protecting or enforcing its rights under this Agreement including, without limitation, fees of attorneys, legal assistants or paralegals (whether or not litigation is commenced); all expenses of taking possession, holding, preparing for disposition and disposing of the Collateral; and all expenses and costs (including, without limitation, fees of attorneys, legal assistants and paralegals) in connection with any proceeding instituted pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §101 et. seq. or any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law. After deduction of all such fees, costs and expenses, the Secured Party may apply the proceeds of disposition of any Collateral to the Obligations in such order and amounts as Secured Party elects in its sole discretion.

 

(h) Waiver. The Secured Party may permit the Debtor to remedy any default without waiving the default so remedied, and the Secured Party may waive any default without waiving any other subsequent or prior default.

 

(i) Use of Intellectual Property Rights. The Secured Party is hereby granted a nonexclusive, worldwide and royalty free license to use or otherwise exploit all Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to the Debtor that the Secured Party deems necessary or appropriate to the disposition of any Collateral.

 

(j) Receivership. Secured Party shall have the right to have a receiver appointed for the Collateral. Any receiver appointed at the Secured Party’s request for the Collateral shall have the power to protect and preserve the Collateral; to operate, manage, and maintain the Collateral preceding disposition; to sell and dispose of the Collateral; and to collect all proceeds from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, to the Obligations, and to perform any and all other usual powers and duties of receivers in like cases, without notice to the Debtor or any other party. Employment by Secured Party shall not disqualify a Person from serving as a receiver. To the extent permitted by law, such right to appoint a receiver shall exist irrespective of any common law requirements including, but not limited to, notice; bond; insolvency of Debtor; waste; irreparable harm; and/or imminent danger to the Collateral, all of which are hereby waived by Debtor. The appointment of the receiver shall be made by the court as a matter of strict right to Secured Party, and without reference to the solvency or insolvency of Debtor or any party defendant to such suit. To the extent permitted by law, Debtor hereby specifically waives the right to object to the appointment of a receiver as aforesaid and hereby expressly consents that such appointment shall be made as an admitted equity and as a matter of absolute right to Secured Party. In order to maintain and preserve the Collateral and to prevent waste and impairment of its security, Secured Party may, at its option, advance funds to the appointed receiver and all such sums so advanced shall become additional Obligations secured by this Agreement and shall bear interest from the date of such advance at the interest rate provided for under the Note.

 

13

 

 

8. Waivers of Debtor Relating to Remedies. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Secured Party arising out of the exercise by it of any rights or remedies hereunder. Debtor hereby further waives and releases to the fullest extent permitted by law any right or equity of redemption with respect to the Collateral, whether before or after sale hereunder, and all rights, if any, of marshalling the Collateral and any other security for the Obligations or otherwise. Secured Party shall not be liable for failure to collect or realize upon any or all of the Collateral or for any delay in so doing nor shall it be under any obligation to take any action with regard thereto. The Secured Party shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Debtor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Secured Party to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by utilizing one or more internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the type included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets. The Secured Party shall not be obligated to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Pledged Collateral for sale.

 

9. No Waiver by Secured Party; Cumulative Remedies. If the Secured Party fails to exercise, or delays before exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, such failure or delay shall not operate as a waiver thereof. The single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges otherwise provided by law.

 

10. Interpretation. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. The definitions given for any defined terms in this Agreement shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to: (x) Articles, Sections, and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof; and (z) a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

 

11. Persons Bound. This Agreement benefits the Secured Party and its successors and assigns, and binds the Debtor and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

12. Arbitration; Service of Process; Governing Law.

 

(a) Arbitration. Any dispute hereunder or related hereto shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in St. Louis Missouri, in accordance with Chapter 435 of the Missouri Revised Statutes. The provisions of this Section 12(a) shall survive the entry of any judgment, and will not merge, or be deemed to have merged, into any judgment.

 

(b) Service of Process. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor irrevocably consents to the service of process by certified or registered mail sent to the address provided for notices in the Asset Purchase Agreement and agrees that nothing herein will affect the right of Secured Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

 

14

 

 

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Missouri, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

 

14. Headings. Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

15. Amendments; Notices. No modification, amendment or waiver of, or consent to any departure by the Debtor from, any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless made in a writing signed by the Secured Party and the Debtor, which writing shall express the terms and consideration thereof, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Debtor will entitle the Debtor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstance.

 

16. Electronic Signatures and Records. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the parties agree that this Agreement, any amendments thereto, and any other information, notice, signature card, agreement or authorization related thereto (each, a “Communication”) may, at Secured Party’s option, be in the form of an electronic record. Any Communication may, at Secured Party’s option, be signed or executed using electronic signatures. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance of a manually signed paper Communication, which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format) for transmission, delivery and/or retention.

 

17. Notices; Requests for Accounting. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given in accordance with the provisions of the Note. All requests under Section 9-210 of the UCC: (i) shall be made in a writing signed by an authorized person; (ii) shall be personally delivered, sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight courier of national reputation; (iii) shall be deemed to be sent when received by the Secured Party; and (iv) shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 9-210. The Debtor requests that the Secured Party respond to all such requests which on their face appear to come from an authorized individual and releases the Secured Party from any liability for so responding. The Debtor shall pay the Secured Party the maximum amount allowed by law for responding to such requests.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or in electronic (“pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

19. Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Debtor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Secured Party to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation, the continued perfection and priority of Secured Party’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

20. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall be effective upon the Closing of the IPO.

 

15

 

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

[signature pages to follow.]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

  

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

 

to

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
     
  By: /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

  

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

/s/ Steve Goedeker

 

Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the

representative of Sellers under the Purchase Agreement

 

 

Signature Page to

Security Agreement

 

 

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1.1 Schedule of Intellectual Property Rights
 
Exhibit 3(m) Schedule of Chief Executive Office and Collateral Locations

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1.1

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

None, if none listed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Exhibit 1.1  

 

 

EXHIBIT 3(m)

 

Business Addresses/Collateral Locations

 

Debtor’s principal place of business and chief executive office location is leased by Debtor and located at: 13850 Manchester Rd, Ballwin, MO 63011

 

Other business locations and locations where Debtor does business or where Collateral is kept, located or stored: None

 

 

Exhibit 3(m)

 

 

Exhibit 10.37

 

First Name: Mike
Last Name: Goedeker
Job Title: Owner
Web World User Id: mossw
Hierarchy Code: 466559
Authorization Status: Approved
03/20/2014 15:34:03

 

SALES AGREEMENT

 

Sales Agreement has been signed by the user.

 

The content of the agreement is below:

 

WHIRLPOOL CORPORATION MAJOR APPLIANCES

RETAIL DEALER SALES AGREEMENT

 

1. Agreement/Term. This Retail Dealer Sales Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Whirlpool Corporation (“Whirlpool”) and the undersigned (“Dealer”), and Whirlpool and Dealer acknowledge and agree to the terms and conditions contained herein. The term of this Agreement will begin as of January 1, 2014, or the date on which Whirlpool accepts this Agreement, whichever is later, and will end on December 31, 2014 (the “Initial Term”), unless it is terminated earlier as provided for in this Agreement. Upon the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms (each, a “Renewal Term”), unless either party provides at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party of its intent to terminate the Agreement (or the Agreement is terminated otherwise as provided for herein). The Initial Term and each Renewal Term shall be collectively referred to as the “Term.” This Agreement applies to all of Dealer’s Store Locations authorized by Whirlpool at any given time and to all brands of appliances authorized by Whirlpool at any given time.

 

2. Products. Dealer is authorized to sell only the brands of appliances as authorized from time to time by Whirlpool (“Products”). As of the date of this Agreement, Dealer is authorized to sell the brands of appliances listed in the “Additional Account Information” section of Dealer’s Whirlpool Web World account, which shall be updated from time to time to reflect changes in Dealer’s authorized brands. Whirlpool reserves the right in its sole discretion to limit product lines it sells to Dealer, to make Dealer’s right to purchase any product or product line conditional on additional requirements, or to decide not to sell directly to Dealer. Whirlpool may require Dealer to comply with certain “Launch Terms,” in connection with product launches, as a condition to buying the launched product from Whirlpool. Dealer agrees that its purchase of a Product subject to Launch Terms is conclusive proof that Dealer accepts the applicable Launch Terms. No individual brand purchase objectives have been established; however, Whirlpool requires that Dealer purchase a minimum of $25,000 annually in aggregate. In addition, Dealer must floor at least six (6) KitchenAid branded major home appliances in at least 51% of its stores to be eligible to sell KitchenAid brand Products.

 

By written notice to Dealer, Whirlpool may amend this Agreement by authorizing Dealer to sell one or more additional appliance brands, with the annual purchase volume objective for each additional brand (if applicable) being set forth in the notice. Dealer shall be bound by the notice, and the additional brand(s) shall be “Products” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

3. Authorized Customers/Locations.

 

a) Dealer is ONLY authorized to sell Products to END USE retail customers for use in the United States from:

 

1) Certain of Dealer’s retail store(s) as authorized from time to time by Whirlpool (“Store Locations”). As of the date of this Agreement, Dealer’s authorized retail store(s) are those listed in the above box.

 

2) Dealer’s registered internet web site as authorized from time to time by Whirlpool (“Web Site”). The Web Site address must include the name under which Dealer does business at the Store Location(s). No other web sites are authorized. As of the date of this Agreement, Dealer’s authorized web site is listed in the above box.

 

b) Dealer’s sales via the Web Site, or otherwise, shall be limited to END USE retail customers located within the geographic area in which Dealer can provide, in Whirlpool’s sole judgment, comprehensive customer support and service (including but not limited to in-store display, product delivery, and warranty service) from its Store Location(s). Web Site may not complete transactions through a third party on-line marketplace or auction site.

 

1

 

 

c) KitchenAid Products cannot be quoted, sold or shipped to any consumer located more than 150 miles from Dealer’s Store Location.

 

d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Whirlpool reserves the right to further limit in its sole discretion Dealer’s authorized customers, locations, geographic area, means of product display and/or advertising, and use of the internet to advertise or sell any and all Products.

 

This Agreement does NOT authorize Dealer to ship or sell Products to other dealers or to any parties other than the class of customers authorized by this Agreement, or to sell the Products through any store locations or internet web sites other than those authorized by this Agreement.

 

4. Promotional Support. Cooperative advertising funds may be available to assist Dealer in promoting the sale of Products, pursuant to Whirlpool’s Advertising Policy, a copy of which Dealer acknowledges that it has received and reviewed. Dealer may also qualify for promotional funding, trailing credit or other programs offered from time to time by Whirlpool. To qualify for any such program, Dealer’s account must be and remain current, Dealer must pay

 

Whirlpool for an order before it is eligible, Dealer must satisfy any and all conditions for payment, including conditions specifically required by the program, and Dealer’s claim must follow published program guidelines. If Dealer’s account has an outstanding balance, Whirlpool may apply any amount due to Dealer pursuant to any such program to

 

Dealer’s account. All Whirlpool trade customer programs are subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

5. Merchandising and Other Dealer Obligations. Dealer shall use its best efforts to promote, maintain and increase sales of Products. To support Whirlpool’s sales program, Dealer shall:

 

a) Achieve or exceed Dealer’s purchase objectives for Products;

 

b) Advertise and promote Products according to merchandising principles that emphasize the value and quality of the Products and foster the goodwill of consumers toward the Products;

 

c) Operate any promotion or rebate program in compliance with any and all applicable laws and regulations, and ensure that no promotion or rebate program is identified as a manufacturer’s program or Whirlpool program unless agreed upon in writing by Whirlpool;

 

d) Maintain an attractive display of current Products to adequately merchandise each authorized brand of Products, and abide by the display requirements contained in any Display Agreement which may be agreed upon with Whirlpool (a copy of Dealer’s Display Agreement may be attached to this Agreement);

 

e) Install Products, or have Products installed, as specified in Whirlpool installation instructions;

 

f) Instruct customers in the proper use and operation of Products;

 

g) Maintain signs and insignia to identify clearly Dealer’s store as an authorized dealer of each authorized brand;

 

h) Provide, where possible, plumbing, wiring and venting for proper in-store demonstration of all the Products offered for sale by Dealer;

 

i) Maintain well-trained sales people who present Product features and benefits to customers;

 

j) Maintain a credit rating acceptable to Whirlpool;

 

k) Comply with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

l) Keep Whirlpool’s printed warranty and any other consumer literature packaged with the Products, and provide information regarding Whirlpool’s warranty upon request by customers;

 

m) Maintain an adequate inventory of current Products to serve customers;

 

n) Maintain adequate insurance;

 

o) Protect the confidentiality of information that Whirlpool marks or identifies as “Confidential,” such as price sheets;

 

p) Allow Whirlpool to review and audit Dealer’s sales records from time to time upon reasonable notice;

 

q) Upon request, provide Whirlpool information sufficient to notify Product customers in the event of Product-related issues; and

 

r) Maintain adequate means of communication, including at a minimum a telephone, facsimile, email account and internet service.

 

6. Internet Transactions. If Dealer chooses to do business in Products over the Internet at Dealer’s Web Site and is authorized by Whirlpool to sell over the Internet, such activity must comply with all of the requirements of this Agreement, in addition to the following requirements:

 

a) The Web Site must contain an attractive display of current products to adequately merchandise each authorized brand of Products.

2

 

 

b) Any Product information on the Web Site must be displayed in at least 4 color graphics, must include Product features or benefits, must prominently feature logos as specified in Whirlpool trademark guides, and must include Product model numbers.

 

c) Product warranty information must be available on-line.

 

d) The Web Site must be easily navigable and consistently maintained to ensure accuracy of Product information and customer satisfaction.

 

e) The Web Site must clearly identify Dealer as an authorized dealer for each authorized brand of Products.

 

f) Dealer must have sufficient resources to ensure adequate customer satisfaction throughout the entire sales process. Customer service assistance must be available at least 6 days per week for at least 9 hours per day.

 

g) Dealer shall ensure that the Web Site content is not misleading and that it complies with all applicable laws and regulations pertaining to Dealer’s operation of the Web Site.

 

h) Dealer shall include the following language on every page of the Dealer Web Site that contains Whirlpool Materials or Whirlpool Marks (as defined in this Agreement): “Whirlpool Corporation has granted (insert Dealer name) permission to use trademarks and copyrighted material for limited purposes.”

 

7. Dealer Prices, Terms of Sale, Orders. Whirlpool will sell Products to Dealer based on the prices, sales terms and shipping terms as established and issued by Whirlpool on price sheet(s) or in other forms, which prices and terms are incorporated in this Agreement. Whirlpool may change Product prices, sales terms and shipping terms at any time without prior notice. This Agreement, including the prices and terms incorporated in it, will govern each order submitted by Dealer and each sale of Products by Whirlpool to Dealer. Whirlpool reserves the right to require Dealer to place all orders via Whirlpool’s SAP electronic ordering system or through a third party, based on a Total Volume Commitment threshold as determined in Whirlpool’s sole discretion.

 

8. Taxes/Invoices. Dealer shall pay any tariffs and taxes imposed on the sale of, or otherwise with respect to, the Products purchased by Dealer. Any claim for adjustment of an invoice or for off-invoice payment or credit shall be waived if Dealer fails to present it in writing to Whirlpool within one year from the date of invoice or one year from the date that such off-invoice payment or credit allegedly accrued. No claim, credit or offset may be deducted from any invoice. Whirlpool shall have the right to set off any monies owed to Whirlpool by Dealer against any monies due Dealer from Whirlpool under any contracts between the parties or any trade customer programs offered by Whirlpool.

 

9. Acceptance of Orders. All orders received by Whirlpool for Products are subject to acceptance in Whirlpool’s sole and absolute discretion. Once accepted, Whirlpool will attempt to fill Dealer’s orders for Products depending on available production, inventory, acceptable credit, and subject to causes beyond Whirlpool’s reasonable control. Whirlpool may, in its sole discretion, reject any orders, prioritize shipments of orders, and/or allocate Products among orders. Whirlpool will not be liable for delay in or failure to fill any order. Advance written authorization from Whirlpool is required before Dealer may return any Products to Whirlpool. Whirlpool may assess a restocking charge for authorized returned Products that are non-stock or that have been opened.

 

10. Credit Terms. Whirlpool may change, suspend or revoke credit terms at any time. All amounts outstanding must be paid when due under the terms of the invoice or separate written contract signed by Whirlpool. Any amount not received by the due date may bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law and may be subject to fees and/or penalties established by Whirlpool (i.e. fee for checks returned for insufficient funds, workout fee, reasonable attorney fees and legal expenses). Whirlpool has the right to accelerate all balances outstanding on every invoice to Dealer if any amount is not received by the due date.

 

11. Indirect Sales. Whirlpool may decide in its sole discretion not to sell Products directly to Dealer, and to require Dealer to purchase Products from an authorized wholesaler, such as a warehousing buying group of which Dealer is a member. The prices, shipping terms, credit terms and other terms and conditions of any sale by a wholesaler to Dealer are to be determined between that wholesaler and Dealer alone, and not by Whirlpool. Any agreement or understanding to the contrary is unauthorized and in conflict with Whirlpool’s policies. In all other respects, all of the terms of this Agreement between Whirlpool and Dealer, including the right of either party to terminate this Agreement, shall continue to apply, regardless of whether Dealer purchased from Whirlpool or from a wholesaler.

 

12. Excused Performance. Except for Dealer’s payment obligations, neither Whirlpool nor Dealer shall be liable for loss or damage or delay resulting from its failure to perform any obligation, if the failure results from (a) transportation shortages or inadequate supplies of equipment, materials or energy; (b) compliance with any law, ruling, order, regulation, requirement, policy, decree or instruction of any governmental department or agency; (c) act of God; (d) an act or omission of the other party; (e) fire, strike, embargo, war or riot; or (f) any other event or cause beyond its reasonable control.

 

13. Retail Pricing. The prices at which Dealer offers Products for sale are to be determined by Dealer in Dealer’s sole discretion. Any agreement or understanding to the contrary is unauthorized and in conflict with Whirlpool’s policies. Dealer should notify Whirlpool in writing, by sending notice to Whirlpool Corporation Headquarters, attention General Counsel, of any attempt by a Whirlpool employee to inhibit Dealer’s resale pricing discretion.

 

3

 

 

14. Electronic Transmissions and Agreements.

 

a) Whirlpool and Dealer agree that this Agreement and other agreements may be entered into by electronic means and/or using electronic signatures.

 

b) Whirlpool and Dealer agree that any order, acceptance, notice or other communication under this Agreement may be sent by electronic transmission.

 

c) When sending electronic transmissions, Whirlpool and Dealer will establish identification user IDs to identify themselves. The presence of this user ID shall be sufficient to verify the source and authenticity of each electronic transmission. Each party shall pay its own costs of electronic transmissions.

 

d) An electronic transmission containing the user ID and functionally acknowledged as received will be considered to be a “writing” or “in writing,” and deemed for all purposes to have been “signed.” Functional acknowledgments shall constitute nothing more than a receipt of transmission.

 

e) Electronic transmissions, or printouts of electronic transmissions, shall constitute an original when maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

f) The parties agree to exercise reasonable precautions to protect the security and integrity of electronic transmissions between Whirlpool and Dealer. Dealer shall promptly notify Whirlpool in the event employment of an employee with access to a user ID is terminated or such employee otherwise ceases to be employed by Dealer’s company so that such user ID may be terminated.

 

g) Nothing contained or referenced in an electronic transmission by Dealer shall modify, limit or negate the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

h) Electronic transmissions between Dealer and its customers are Dealer’s sole responsibility and any and all liability relating to those transmissions rests solely with Dealer.

 

i) A facsimile transmission (“fax”) is an “electronic transmission,” within the meaning of this Agreement, if the fax is sent to a fax telephone number that the recipient has specified to the sender as a number to which faxes may be sent to the recipient.

 

15. Violation of Agreement. Dealer’s violation of any term of this Agreement is grounds for Whirlpool to: (i) withhold payment for promotional programs including but not limited to volume incentive rebates; (ii) suspend sales of any or all products to Dealer; or (iii) terminate this Agreement. All decisions regarding violations will be made independently by Whirlpool, in its sole discretion.

 

16. Termination. This Agreement or any portion of this Agreement (such as certain above-listed Store Location(s), Web Site, or Product brands), may be terminated in any of the following ways:

 

a) Either party may terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, by giving at least thirty (30) days prior written notice.

 

b) Whirlpool may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to Dealer in any of the following events:

 

1) Dealer or its agent or employee makes a derogatory, misleading or deceptive statement, printed or oral, relating to Whirlpool Corporation and/or Products.

 

2) Dealer attempts to assign or delegate any portion of this Agreement without the prior written consent of Whirlpool.

 

3) Dealer sells its business, makes an assignment or transfer of business assets or a change in majority control of Dealer’s business occurs.

 

4) Dealer ceases to function as a going concern or ceases to conduct its operations as a retail dealer continuously and actively.

 

5) Dealer becomes insolvent or subject to a petition in bankruptcy filed by or against it or is placed under control of a receiver, liquidator or committee of creditors.

 

6) Dealer submits a false or fraudulent report or other statement to Whirlpool.

 

7) Dealer trans-ships Products to other authorized or unauthorized dealers, or does business in Products from store locations or via the internet other than as authorized by Whirlpool.

 

8) Dealer fails to pay or perform any obligation when due.

 

9) Dealer or any of its owners or principal management personnel commits a felony or engages in any unethical, immoral or otherwise improper conduct that, in Whirlpool’s opinion, may impair Dealer’s ability to effectively market and sell the Products.

 

This Agreement and Dealer’s status as a Whirlpool dealer may be terminated in the manner described in this Agreement whether or not Dealer shall have recovered or recouped any investment or other expenditures made to sell Products.

 

4

 

 

17. Post Termination/Expiration Provisions. After termination or expiration of this Agreement, the following provisions apply:

 

a) Whirlpool shall have the option (but not the obligation) in its sole discretion to repurchase all or any part of the Products and parts or accessories for Products in Dealer’s inventory. The repurchase price shall equal Whirlpool’s net invoice price to Dealer plus freight, if applicable.

 

b) Either party may immediately cancel all pending orders.

 

c) Dealer must immediately remove any signs, insignia, or internet materials that identify or otherwise suggest that Dealer is authorized to sell Products, and Dealer shall not represent itself as authorized by Whirlpool to sell Products.

 

d) Dealer shall promptly pay all amounts owing Whirlpool, including any such amounts that might otherwise have become due at some future date because of deferred payment or credit agreements.

 

e) Dealer shall immediately cease using the Whirlpool Marks and the Whirlpool Materials, as defined below.

 

f) Whirlpool shall not be obligated to pay Dealer compensation of any kind, whether for claimed loss of goodwill, sales or profits, for recoupment of any investment, expenditures or commitments made by Dealer to sell Products.

 

18. Indemnity.

 

a) Whirlpool shall indemnify, defend and hold Dealer and its directors, officers, employees, agents and assignees harmless from and against any and all claims or losses, including reasonable settlement payments and attorney fees, arising out of any defects in the design or manufacture of the Products purchased by Dealer if, and only if, (1) Dealer provides Whirlpool with prompt notice of any such claim or loss, (2) Whirlpool is given the right to control the defense, and (3) Dealer cooperates as reasonably requested by Whirlpool. Whirlpool also shall indemnify and hold Dealer and its directors, officers, employees, agents and assignees harmless from and against any and all claims or losses arising out of any valid claim for infringement of valid and enforceable U.S. patents with respect to any of the Products purchased by Dealer, or with respect to any Whirlpool Marks or Whirlpool Materials, as defined below, used by Dealer in conformance with this Agreement if, and only if, (A) Dealer provides Whirlpool with prompt notice of any such claim or loss, (B) Whirlpool is given the right to control the defense, and (C) Dealer cooperates as reasonably requested by Whirlpool.

 

b) Dealer shall indemnify and hold Whirlpool and its directors, officers, employees, agents and assignees harmless from and against any and all claims and losses, including reasonable settlement payments and attorney fees, arising out of (1) any misrepresentations or negligent acts or omissions of Dealer or its employees, agents or representatives in connection with the installation, demonstration, display, sale or servicing of any of Products, or with respect to any representation or warranty given, or allegedly given, by Dealer or its employees, agents or representatives other than those set forth in the manufacturer’s written warranty, (2) any failure of Dealer to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or (3) any activities conducted by Dealer under this Agreement other than claims covered by Whirlpool’s indemnity to Dealer contained in Section 18(a) above.

 

19. Limitations of Liability. In no event shall either party be liable to the other, based upon breach of contract, negligence, negligent misrepresentation, or any other legal theory, for any special, incidental, consequential (including lost profits), multiple or punitive damages arising from or related in any way to (1) the subject matter of this Agreement, (2) the negotiation, execution, performance, or termination of this Agreement, (3) the Products provided or services performed by either party to this Agreement, or (4) representations made in connection with the negotiation, execution, performance, or termination of this Agreement, however caused and whether or not the parties had been notified of the likelihood of such damages. The parties (a) shall not assert any claims against each other arising from or related in any way to the foregoing matters based upon negligence or negligent misrepresentation or any other legal theory other than breach of contract, and (b) shall not attempt to avoid the enforcement of this limitation of liability on the grounds of unconscionability or failure of essential purpose or any other ground should a dispute arise between them.

 

20. Trademarks.

 

a) Dealer shall not use or register any of the trademarks, service marks or trade names owned by or licensed to Whirlpool or any of its subsidiaries (“Whirlpool Marks”), or any name or mark that is confusingly similar to Whirlpool Marks as a part of Dealer’s business, partnership, assumed or corporate name, email or web site name or URL address.

 

b) Whirlpool grants Dealer a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Whirlpool Marks only in the form, style and manner specified in Whirlpool Trademark Guides and only for the purpose of promoting or selling Products under the terms of this Agreement. Dealer acknowledges that all use of the Whirlpool Marks shall inure to the benefit of the Whirlpool company owning them and that this Agreement does not confer upon Dealer any goodwill or other interest in the Whirlpool Marks. Dealer assigns and transfers to the appropriate Whirlpool company any and all trademarks and trademark rights created by any use of the Whirlpool Marks by Dealer, together with the goodwill of the business in connection with which the Whirlpool Marks are used by Dealer.

 

21. Permission to Link and Limited License in Whirlpool Content.

 

a) Whirlpool grants Dealer permission to link Dealer’s Web Site to the main page of Whirlpool’s branded internet web sites for the brands Dealer is authorized to sell, including www.Whirlpool.com, www.KitchenAid.com, www. RoperAppliances.com, and www.EstateAppliances.com (“Internet Sites”). Whirlpool grants Dealer permission to display the Whirlpool Marks on Dealer’s Web Site as a linking icon, and Dealer agrees to follow any instructions provided by Whirlpool regarding use of the Whirlpool Marks as a linking icon.

5

 

 

b) Whirlpool grants Dealer a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Whirlpool Marks, product images, text, data, and information pertaining to the Products that are provided by Whirlpool or downloaded with permission from the Internet Sites (“Whirlpool Materials”) for the purpose of advertising, promoting, and selling Products on Dealer’s Web Site pursuant to this Agreement. Whirlpool further grants to Dealer the limited right to alter the Whirlpool Materials only for the purpose of reformatting as may be required for use on Dealer’s Web Site.

 

Dealer is not allowed to distort, modify, or alter in any manner any Whirlpool Marks contained in the Whirlpool Materials. Whirlpool reserves the right to review and approve all uses of the Whirlpool Materials, and to require any modifications it deems necessary.

 

c) These permissions and limited license are granted by Whirlpool on the condition that Dealer does not misuse, infringe, or assert rights in Whirlpool Materials, Whirlpool Marks, and other proprietary materials and intellectual property on the Whirlpool Internet Sites. Whirlpool may revoke these permissions and/or the limited license if Dealer fails to abide by such condition or if Dealer violates any terms of this Agreement.

 

22. Relationship. The relationship between Whirlpool and Dealer shall be that of seller and buyer. Dealer and its agents and employees are not partners, joint venturers, franchisees, agents, employees, or representatives of Whirlpool. Dealer may not enter any promise, warranty, contracts or other commitment for Whirlpool or obligate Whirlpool to third parties.

 

23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the entire contract between Dealer and Whirlpool relating to the purchase of Products and authorization to sell Products and supersedes any prior agreement between the parties, except for any written agreements relating to Product launches, display requirements, consignments, test marketing activities, service, credit or the financing of Products. This Agreement shall govern over any conflicting or inconsistent terms contained in any written agreements relating to Product launches, display requirements, consignment or test marketing activities. This Agreement may not be extended, supplemented, amended or modified except in a writing signed by Whirlpool and Dealer. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall supersede any terms and conditions which may be contained in Dealer’s purchase order, proposal, request for quotation, confirmation, acknowledgment, website terms, or other form or instrument that may be delivered or signed by either party in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such form or instrument shall be for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect, modify, limit or negate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except as provided for in this Agreement.

 

24. Personally Identifiable Information. From time to time, Whirlpool and Dealer may exchange, or jointly collect, consumer data, which contains personal identification information (“Confidential Information”). The providing party warrants that the Confidential Information was obtained in compliance with, and its disclosure to the receiving party does not violate, any applicable laws, rules, regulations, promises, or Whirlpool’s privacy policy. The receiving party warrants that its use and retention of Confidential Information will be in strict compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, any marketing, data protection and privacy laws. The receiving party shall not disclose Confidential Information to any third party without the prior express written consent of the providing party.

 

25. No Oral Representations. There are no representations of fact or opinion on which either party may reasonably rely in connection with the negotiation, execution, performance, or termination of this Agreement other than those that are set forth in this Agreement or in a properly executed written modification of this Agreement.

 

26. Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall automatically be voided and shall not be part of this Agreement, but the enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected by the voiding of the provision.

 

27. Waiver. Whirlpool’s failure to exercise a right or remedy or Whirlpool’s acceptance of partial compliance or noncompliance with all or part of this Agreement, including without limitation any conditions of promotional funding or trailing credit programs, will not operate as a waiver of any of Whirlpool’s rights or Dealer’s obligations under this Agreement, and will not constitute a waiver of Whirlpool’s right to immediately act on any breach of this Agreement.

 

28. Assignment. Dealer may not assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of Whirlpool. Whirlpool may refuse consent with or without cause.

 

29. Non-exclusivity. The relationship established under this Agreement is non-exclusive. Whirlpool reserves the right to sell Products to other dealers or parties Whirlpool may select from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, Dealer does not have any exclusive right to sell Products in any particular geographic area or to any particular customer(s) or type of customer. Dealer reserves the right to sell other lines of appliances.

 

6

 

 

30. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be given in writing by personal delivery, by overnight commercial courier, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by electronic transmission, as provided in Section 14. Notices shall be sent to Dealer or Whirlpool, at the recipient’s address set forth in this Agreement.

 

31. Compliance with Laws; Applicable Law. Dealer shall comply with any and all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, U.S. anti-money laundering laws. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced according to the laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. The Parties expressly waive any applicability of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods to any aspect of this Agreement.

 

32. Venue and Enforcement. All disputes arising from or relating to the buyer/seller relationship between Whirlpool and Dealer, including any disputes arising under or relating to this Agreement, shall be adjudicated exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Michigan or, if there is no federal jurisdiction, in a state court sitting in Berrien County, Michigan. Dealer shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Whirlpool in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and expenses.

 

33. Warranty. Whirlpool will warrant the Products purchased by Dealer in accordance with, and only to the extent expressly provided in, Whirlpool’s standard warranty provisions applicable to such Products and in effect at the time that the Products in question were purchased by Dealer (“Product Warranty”). Such Product Warranty shall be for the exclusive benefit of Dealer and its customers. THE APPLICABLE PRODUCT WARRANTY CONSTITUTESW HIRLPOOL’s SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY AND REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCTS PURCHASED BY DEALER. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY STATED OTHERWISE IN THE APPLICABLE PRODUCT WARRANTY, WHIRLPOOL DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS WARRANTIES (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING BY CUSTOM OR TRADE USAGE.

 

34. Survival Rights. The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not terminate vested rights of either party from any liabilities or obligations incurred under this Agreement prior to and which by their nature continue after such expiration or termination, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

35. Related Documents. Dealer may access Whirlpool price sheets, sales terms, shipping terms, Trademark Guides and product warranties at www.whr.com.

 

36. Headings. The headings to the paragraphs in this Agreement are included solely for the convenience of the parties and shall not have any effect upon the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

37. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective upon acceptance by Whirlpool. Dealer waives notice of such acceptance.

 

38. Acknowledgment. The parties each acknowledge that they have read, understand and agree to the terms of this entire Agreement.

 

 

7

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

 

 

Registered with the Public Company

Accounting Oversight Board

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors

1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

As independent registered public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated April 22, 2020, with respect to the financial statements of 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Goedeker Television Co., in its registration statement on Form S-1/A. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “experts” in the registration statement.

 

 

 

 

Salt Lake City, UT

June 4, 2020